Asus Motherboard P5V-VM DH User Manual
Motherboard P5VD2-MX/ P5V-VM DH
ii ii ii ii ii Copyright é 2006 ASUST eK COMPUTER INC. All Rights Reserved. No part of this manual, including the products and software described in it, may be reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system, or translated into any language in any form or by any means, except documentation kept by the purchaser for backup purposes, without the express written permission of ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. (âÂÂASUSâÂÂ). Product warranty or service will not be extended if: (1) the product is repaired, modified or altered, unless such repair , modification of alteration is authorized in writing by ASUS; or (2) the serial number of the product is defaced or missing. ASUS PROVIDES THIS MANUAL âÂÂAS ISâ WITHOUT W ARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED W ARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANT ABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A P ARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL ASUS, ITS DIRECT ORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT , SPECIAL, INCIDENT AL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF PROFITS, LOSS OF BUSINESS, LOSS OF USE OR DA T A, INTERRUPTION OF BUSINESS AND THE LIKE), EVEN IF ASUS HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES ARISING FROM ANY DEFECT OR ERROR IN THIS MANUAL OR PRODUCT . SPECIFICA TIONS AND INFORMA TION CONT AINED IN THIS MANUAL ARE FURNISHED FOR INFORMA TIONAL USE ONL Y , AND ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE A T ANY TIME WITHOUT NOTICE, AND SHOULD NOT BE CONSTRUED AS A COMMITMENT BY ASUS. ASUS ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR ANY ERRORS OR INACCURACIES THA T MA Y APPEAR IN THIS MANUAL, INCLUDING THE PRODUCTS AND SOFTW ARE DESCRIBED IN IT . Products and corporate names appearing in this manual may or may not be registered trademarks or copyrights of their respective companies, and are used only for identification or explanation and to the ownersâ benefit, without intent to infringe. E2505 E2505 E2505 E2505 E2505 First Edition V1 First Edition V1 First Edition V1 First Edition V1 First Edition V1 May 2006 May 2006 May 2006 May 2006 May 2006
iii iii iii iii iii Contents Notices ................................................................................................ vi Safety information ............................................................................. vii About this guide ............................................................................... viii P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH specifications summary ................................. x Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction 1.1 Welcome! .............................................................................. 1-2 1.2 Package contents ................................................................. 1-2 1.3 Special features .................................................................... 1-2 1.3.1 Product highlights ................................................... 1-2 1.3.2 Innovative ASUS features ....................................... 1-4 1.3.3 ASUS Digital Home for P5V-VM DH special features .................................................................. 1-5 1.4 Before you proceed .............................................................. 1-7 1.5 Motherboard overview .......................................................... 1-8 1.5.1 Placement direction ................................................ 1-8 1.5.2 Screw holes ............................................................ 1-8 1.5.3 Motherboard layout ................................................ 1-9 1.6 Central Processing Unit (CPU) ............................................ 1-10 1.6.1 Installling the CPU ................................................. 1-10 1.6.2 Installling the CPU heatsink and fan ..................... 1-13 1.6.3 Uninstalling the CPU heatsink and fan .................. 1-15 1.7 System memory ................................................................. 1-17 1.7.1 Overview ............................................................... 1-17 1.7.2 Memory configurations ......................................... 1-17 1.7.3 Installing a DIMM ................................................... 1-19 1.7.4 Removing a DIMM ................................................. 1-19 1.8 Expansion slots ................................................................... 1-21 1.8.1 Installing an expansion card .................................. 1-21 1.8.2 Configuring an expansion card .............................. 1-21 1.8.3 Interrupt assignments .......................................... 1-21 1.8.4 PCI slots ................................................................ 1-22 1.8.5 PCI Express x1 slot ............................................... 1-22 1.8.6 PCI Express x16 slot ............................................. 1-23 1.9 Jumpers .............................................................................. 1-23
iv iv iv iv iv Contents 1.10 Connectors ......................................................................... 1-26 1.10.1 Rear panel connectors .......................................... 1-26 1.10.2 Internal connectors ............................................... 1-28 Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup 2.1 Managing and updating your BIOS ........................................ 2-2 2.1.1 ASUS Update utility ................................................ 2-2 2.1.2 Creating a bootable floppy disk .............................. 2-5 2.1.3 ASUS EZ Flash utility .............................................. 2-6 2.1.4 Updating the BIOS .................................................. 2-7 2.1.5 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 utility ................................ 2-9 2.2 BIOS setup program ........................................................... 2-11 2.2.1 BIOS menu screen ................................................. 2-12 2.2.2 Menu bar ............................................................... 2-12 2.2.3 Legend bar ........................................................... 2-13 2.2.4 Menu items ........................................................... 2-13 2.2.5 Sub-menu items ................................................... 2-13 2.2.6 Configuration fields .............................................. 2-13 2.2.7 Pop-up window ..................................................... 2-14 2.2.8 General help .......................................................... 2-14 2.3 Main menu .......................................................................... 2-15 2.3.1 System Time ......................................................... 2-15 2.3.2 System Date ......................................................... 2-15 2.3.3 Legacy Diskette A ................................................ 2-15 2.3.4 Primary and Secondary IDE Master/Slave ............. 2-16 2.3.5 First, Second, Third, Fourth SATA Master ............ 2-18 2.3.6 HDD SMART Monitoring ........................................ 2-19 2.3.7 Installed Memory .................................................. 2-19 2.3.8 Usable Memory ..................................................... 2-19
v v v v v Contents 2.4 Advanced menu .................................................................. 2-20 2.4.1 CPU Configuration ................................................. 2-20 2.4.2 Chipset ................................................................. 2-21 2.4.3 PCIPnP ................................................................... 2-23 2.4.4 Onboard Devices Configuration ............................ 2-24 2.4.5 USB Configuration ................................................. 2-27 2.5 Power menu ........................................................................ 2-28 2.5.1 ACPI Suspend Type ............................................... 2-28 2.5.2 ACPI APIC Supp ..................................................... 2-28 2.5.3 APM Configuration ................................................ 2-28 2.5.4 Hardware Monitor ................................................. 2-31 2.6 Boot menu .......................................................................... 2-33 2.6.1 Boot Device Priority ............................................. 2-33 2.6.2 Removable Drives ................................................. 2-33 2.6.3 Hard Disk Drives ................................................... 2-34 2.6.4 Boot Settings Configuration ................................. 2-34 2.6.5 Security ................................................................ 2-36 2.7 Exit menu ........................................................................... 2-38 Chapter 3: Software support Chapter 3: Software support Chapter 3: Software support Chapter 3: Software support Chapter 3: Software support 3.1 Installing an operating system ............................................. 3-2 3.2 Support CD information ........................................................ 3-2 3.2.1 Running the support CD ......................................... 3-2 3.2.2 Drivers menu .......................................................... 3-3 3.2.3 Utilities menu .......................................................... 3-4 3.2.4 Make Disk menu ...................................................... 3-5 3.2.5 Manuals menu ......................................................... 3-5 3.2.6 ASUS Contact information ...................................... 3-6 3.3 RAID configurations .............................................................. 3-7 3.3.1 Installing hard disks ................................................ 3-8 3.3.2 JMicron î RAID Configuration ................................. 3-12 3.4 Creating a RAID driver disk ................................................. 3-20
vi vi vi vi vi Notices Federal Communications Commission Statement Federal Communications Commission Statement Federal Communications Commission Statement Federal Communications Commission Statement Federal Communications Commission Statement This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: ⢠This device may not cause harmful interference, and ⢠This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation. This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with manufacturerâÂÂs instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures: ⢠Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. ⢠Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. ⢠Connect the equipment to an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. ⢠Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. Canadian Department of Communications Statement Canadian Department of Communications Statement Canadian Department of Communications Statement Canadian Department of Communications Statement Canadian Department of Communications Statement This digital apparatus does not exceed the Class B limits for radio noise emissions from digital apparatus set out in the Radio Interference Regulations of the Canadian Department of Communications. This class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian This class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian This class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian This class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian This class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003. ICES-003. ICES-003. ICES-003. ICES-003. The use of shielded cables for connection of the monitor to the graphics card is required to assure compliance with FCC regulations. Changes or modifications to this unit not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the userâÂÂs authority to operate this equipment.
vii vii vii vii vii Safety information Electrical safety Electrical safety Electrical safety Electrical safety Electrical safety ⢠To prevent electrical shock hazard, disconnect the power cable from the electrical outlet before relocating the system. ⢠When adding or removing devices to or from the system, ensure that the power cables for the devices are unplugged before the signal cables are connected. If possible, disconnect all power cables from the existing system before you add a device. ⢠Before connecting or removing signal cables from the motherboard, ensure that all power cables are unplugged. ⢠Seek professional assistance before using an adapter or extension cord. These devices could interrupt the grounding circuit. ⢠Make sure that your power supply is set to the correct voltage in your area. If you are not sure about the voltage of the electrical outlet you are using, contact your local power company. ⢠If the power supply is broken, do not try to fix it by yourself. Contact a qualified service technician or your retailer. Operation safety Operation safety Operation safety Operation safety Operation safety ⢠Before installing the motherboard and adding devices on it, carefully read all the manuals that came with the package. ⢠Before using the product, make sure all cables are correctly connected and the power cables are not damaged. If you detect any damage, contact your dealer immediately. ⢠To avoid short circuits, keep paper clips, screws, and staples away from connectors, slots, sockets and circuitry. ⢠Avoid dust, humidity, and temperature extremes. Do not place the product in any area where it may become wet. ⢠Place the product on a stable surface. ⢠If you encounter technical problems with the product, contact a qualified service technician or your retailer. This symbol of the crossed out wheeled bin indicates that the product (electrical and electronic equipment) should not be placed in municipal waste. Please check local regulations for disposal of electronic products.
viii viii viii viii viii About this guide This user guide contains the information you need when installing and configuring the motherboard. How this guide is organized How this guide is organized How this guide is organized How this guide is organized How this guide is organized This manual contains the following parts: ⢠⢠⢠⢠⢠Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction This chapter describes the features of the motherboard and the new technology it supports. This chapter also lists the hardware setup procedures that you have to perform when installing system components. It includes description of the jumpers and connectors on the motherboard. ⢠⢠⢠⢠⢠Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup This chapter tells how to change system settings through the BIOS Setup menus. Detailed descriptions of the BIOS parameters are also provided. ⢠⢠⢠⢠⢠Chapter 3: Software support Chapter 3: Software support Chapter 3: Software support Chapter 3: Software support Chapter 3: Software support This chapter describes the contents of the support CD that comes with the motherboard package. Where to find more information Where to find more information Where to find more information Where to find more information Where to find more information Refer to the following sources for additional information and for product and software updates. 1. 1. 1. 1. 1. ASUS websites ASUS websites ASUS websites ASUS websites ASUS websites The ASUS website provides updated information on ASUS hardware and software products. Refer to the ASUS contact information. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. Optional documentation Optional documentation Optional documentation Optional documentation Optional documentation Your product package may include optional documentation, such as warranty flyers, that may have been added by your dealer. These documents are not part of the standard package.
ix ix ix ix ix Conventions used in this guide Conventions used in this guide Conventions used in this guide Conventions used in this guide Conventions used in this guide To make sure that you perform certain tasks properly, take note of the following symbols used throughout this manual. Typography DANGER/WARNING: DANGER/WARNING: DANGER/WARNING: DANGER/WARNING: DANGER/WARNING: Information to prevent injury to yourself when trying to complete a task. CAUTION: CAUTION: CAUTION: CAUTION: CAUTION: Information to prevent damage to the components when trying to complete a task. NOTE: NOTE: NOTE: NOTE: NOTE: Tips and additional information to help you complete a task. IMPORTANT: IMPORTANT: IMPORTANT: IMPORTANT: IMPORTANT: Instructions that you MUST follow to complete a task. Bold text Bold text Bold text Bold text Bold text Indicates a menu or an item to select Italics Used to emphasize a word or a phrase <Key> Keys enclosed in the less-than and greater-than sign means that you must press the enclosed key Example: <Enter> means that you must press the Enter or Return key <Key1 Key2 Key3> If you must press two or more keys simultaneously, the key names are linked with a plus sign ( ) Example: <Ctrl Alt D> Command Means that you must type the command exactly as shown, then supply the required item or value enclosed in brackets Example: At the DOS prompt, type the command line: awdflash P5VD2MX.bin
x x x x x P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH specifications summary (continued on the next page) CPU CPU CPU CPU CPU Chipset Chipset Chipset Chipset Chipset Front Side Bus Front Side Bus Front Side Bus Front Side Bus Front Side Bus Memory Memory Memory Memory Memory Expansion slots Expansion slots Expansion slots Expansion slots Expansion slots VGA VGA VGA VGA VGA Storage Storage Storage Storage Storage Audio Audio Audio Audio Audio LAN LAN LAN LAN LAN USB USB USB USB USB Special features Special features Special features Special features Special features LGA775 socket for Intel î Coreâ¢2 Duo/Pentium î D/ Pentium î 4/Celeron î CPU support Intel î Presler 65nm Dual core CPU support Intel î next generation Coreâ¢2 Duo CPU support Compatible with Intel î 05B/05A and 04B/04A processors Supports Intel EIST/EM64T/Hyper-Threading Technology Northbridge: VIA P4M890 Southbridge: VIA VT8237A 1066/800/533 MHz 2 x 240-pin DIMM sockets support up to 4 GB of DDR2 533/400 unbufferred non-ECC memory 1 x PCI Express x16 1 x PCI Express x1 2 x PCI slots (Note: PCI-E x1 and JMicron JMB363 SATA controller cannot be used simultaneously) Integrated Graphics, up to 64MB shared memory Support max. resolution to 2048 x 1536 (@75Hz) Support max. refresh rate to 100Hz (@1600 x 1200) VIA 8237A Southbridge supports: - 2 x Ultra DMA 133/100/66/33 - 2 x Serial ATA (1.5 Gb/s) with RAID 0, RAID 1, and JBOD configuration JMicron JMB363 SATA controller supports: - 1 x Internal Serial ATA 3 Gb/s - 1 x External Serial ATA 3 Gb/s (SATA On-the-Go) - RAID 0, RAID 1, and JBOD configuration ⢠High definition audio, ADI î AD1986A SoundMax 5.1 channel CODEC ⢠Supports Jack-sensing function Realtek î RTL8201CL 10/100 Mbps LAN Controller Supports up to 8 USB 2.0 ports ASUS Q-Fan ASUS EZ Flash ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 MyLogoâ¢
xi xi xi xi xi P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH specifications summary ASUS C.P.R. (CPU Parameter Recall) SFS (Stepless Frequency Selection) from 133MHz up to 300MHz at 1MHz increment Adjustable FSB/DDR ratio. Fixed PCI-E/SATA frequencies. 1 x Parallel port 1 x External SATA 1 x LAN (RJ-45) port 4 x USB 2.0/1.1 ports 1 x VGA port 1 x PS/2 keyboard port 1 x PS/2 mouse port 6-Channel Audio I/O ports 4 Mb Flash ROM, Award BIOS, PnP, WfM2.0, ACPI2.0a, SM BIOS 2.3 WOL by PME, WOR by PME, Chassis Intrusion, PXE, RPL 2 x USB 2.0 connectors for 4 additional USB 2.0 ports 1 x CPU fan connector 1 x Chassis fan connector 1 x COM connector 1 x 24-pin ATX power connector 1 x 4-pin ATX 12 V power connector 1 x CD/AUX audio-in connector 1 x Front panel audio connector 1 x S/PDIF out connector Chassis intrusion System panel connector ATX from factor: 9.6 in x 8.6 in (23.5 cm x 21.8 cm) Device drivers ASUS PC Probe ASUS Live Update utility Anti-virus software (OEM version) (continued on the next page) Overclocking Overclocking Overclocking Overclocking Overclocking Features Features Features Features Features Rear panel Rear panel Rear panel Rear panel Rear panel BIOS features BIOS features BIOS features BIOS features BIOS features Manageability Manageability Manageability Manageability Manageability Internal Internal Internal Internal Internal connectors connectors connectors connectors connectors Form Factor Form Factor Form Factor Form Factor Form Factor Support CD Support CD Support CD Support CD Support CD contents contents contents contents contents
xii xii xii xii xii Extra specifications on P5V-VM DH *Specifications are subject to change without notice. *P5V-VM DH only supports max. 7 USB2.0 ports. ASUS Digital ASUS Digital ASUS Digital ASUS Digital ASUS Digital Home Features Home Features Home Features Home Features Home Features ASUS Digital ASUS Digital ASUS Digital ASUS Digital ASUS Digital Home Home Home Home Home Accessories Accessories Accessories Accessories Accessories Wirelss LAN Wirelss LAN Wirelss LAN Wirelss LAN Wirelss LAN Rear Panel Rear Panel Rear Panel Rear Panel Rear Panel Internal Internal Internal Internal Internal Connectors Connectors Connectors Connectors Connectors Support CD Support CD Support CD Support CD Support CD ASUS WiFi-AP Solo - 54 Mbps IEEE 802.11g and backwards compatible with 11 Mbps IEEE 802.11b - Access point mode - Station mode: Infrastructure mode or Ad-Hoc mode ASUS DH Remote⢠- Power - Quick Power - Noise Off - EZ WiFi - Full Screen - AP Launch - Media Controller Zone ASUS MP3-In⢠ASUS DH Remote ASUS DH Remote Receiver ASUS WiFi-AP Solo omni-directional antenna ASUS MP3-In Module 54Mbps IEEE 802.11g (ASUS WiFi-AP Solo) 1 x WiFi-AP Solo antenna jack 1 x MP3-In connector ASUS WiFi-AP Solo, ASUS DH Remote⢠Application
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 1-1 1-1 1-1 1-1 1-1 1 Product introduction This chapter describes the motherboard features and the new technologies it supports.
1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction 1.1 Welcome! Thank you for buying an ASUS Thank you for buying an ASUS Thank you for buying an ASUS Thank you for buying an ASUS Thank you for buying an ASUS î î î î î P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH motherboard! motherboard! motherboard! motherboard! motherboard! The motherboard delivers a host of new features and latest technologies, making it another standout in the long line of ASUS quality motherboards! Before you start installing the motherboard, and hardware devices on it, check the items in your package with the list below. 1.2 Package contents Check your motherboard package for the following items. Motherboard Motherboard Motherboard Motherboard Motherboard ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH motherboard Cables Cables Cables Cables Cables 1 x Serial ATA power cable 1 x Serial ATA signal cable 1 x Ultra DMA 133/100 cables 1 x Floppy disk drive cable Accessories Accessories Accessories Accessories Accessories I/O shield ASUS DH Remote (only for P5V-VM DH) ASUS DH Remote Receiver (only for P5V-VM DH) ASUS WiFi-AP Solo omni-directional antenna (only for P5V-VM DH) ASUS MP3-In Module (only for P5V-VM DH) Application CD Application CD Application CD Application CD Application CD ASUS motherboard support CD Documentation Documentation Documentation Documentation Documentation User guide If any of the above items is damaged or missing, contact your retailer. 1.3 Special features 1.3.1 1.3.1 1.3.1 1.3.1 1.3.1 Product highlights Product highlights Product highlights Product highlights Product highlights Latest processor technology Latest processor technology Latest processor technology Latest processor technology Latest processor technology The motherboard comes with a 775-pin surface mount Land Grid Array (LGA) socket designed for the Intel î processor in the 775-land package. The motherboard supports the Intel î Pentium î D processor with 1066/ 800/533 MHz Front Side Bus (FSB). The motherboard also supports the Intel î Hyper-Threading Technology and is fully compatible with Intel î 05B/ 05A and 04B/04A processors. See page 1-10 for details.
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3 Intel Intel Intel Intel Intel î î î î î 65nm Dual-Core CPU support 65nm Dual-Core CPU support 65nm Dual-Core CPU support 65nm Dual-Core CPU support 65nm Dual-Core CPU support This motherboard supports Intel î Pentium î D/Pentium î 4/Celeron î dual-core processors built on the 65-nanometer (nm) process technology with copper interconnect. Dual-core processors contain two physical CPU cores with dedicated L2 caches to meet demands for more powerful processing. Intel î âÂÂs 65nm process is the most advanced chip manufacturing technology, delivering breakthrough performance, enhanced media experience, and low power consumption. Intel î 65nm dual-core processors utilize the latest package technologies for a thinner, lighter design without compromising performance. This motherboard also supports Intel î next generation Coreâ¢2 Duo CPU. This motherboard supports the latest Intel î Coreâ¢2 processors in LGA775 package. With new Intel î Core⢠microarchitecture technology and 1066/800 MHz FSB, Intel î Coreâ¢2 processor is one of the most powerful and enrgy-efficient CPUs in the world. PCI Express⢠interface PCI Express⢠interface PCI Express⢠interface PCI Express⢠interface PCI Express⢠interface The motherboard fully supports PCI Express, the latest I/O interconnect technology that speeds up the PCI bus. PCI Express features point-to-point serial interconnections between devices and allows higher clockspeeds by carrying data in packets. This high speed interface is software compatible with existing PCI specifications. Serial ATA 3Gb/s technology Serial ATA 3Gb/s technology Serial ATA 3Gb/s technology Serial ATA 3Gb/s technology Serial ATA 3Gb/s technology The motherboard built with JMicron JMB363 SATA controller supports the next-generation hard drives based on the Serial ATA (SATA) 3Gb/s storage specification, delivering enhanced scalability and doubling the bus bandwidth for high-speed data retrieval and saves. The external SATA port located at the back I/O provides smart setup and hot-plug functions. Easily backup photos, videos and other entertainment contents on external devices. S ee pages 1-27 and 1-30 for details. Dual RAID solution Dual RAID solution Dual RAID solution Dual RAID solution Dual RAID solution The onboard VIA VT8237A chipset allows RAID 0, RAID 1, and JBOD configuration for two SATA connectors, and JMicron JMB363 SATA controller also supports RAID 0, RAID 1, and JBOD.
1-4 1-4 1-4 1-4 1-4 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction S/PDIF digital sound ready S/PDIF digital sound ready S/PDIF digital sound ready S/PDIF digital sound ready S/PDIF digital sound ready The motherboard supports the S/PDIF Out function through the S/PDIF interface at midboard. The S/PDIF technology turns your computer into a high-end entertainment system with digital connectivity to powerful audio and speaker systems. See page 1-31 for details. 6-channel high definition audio 6-channel high definition audio 6-channel high definition audio 6-channel high definition audio 6-channel high definition audio Onboard is the ADI AD1986A High Definition Audio 6-channel audio CODEC. This CODEC is fully-compliant with Intel î High Definition Audio standard (192 KHz, 24-bit audio). With the CODEC, 6-channel audio ports, and S/ PDIF interfaces, you can connect your computer to home theater decoders to produce crystal-clear digital audio. 10/100 Mbps LAN Supports 10/100 Mbps LAN Supports 10/100 Mbps LAN Supports 10/100 Mbps LAN Supports 10/100 Mbps LAN Supports The motherboard supports the Realtek î RTL8201CL 10/100 Mbps LAN controller, providing easy connectivity to your network or broadband connection with the onboard LAN port. 1.3.2 1.3.2 1.3.2 1.3.2 1.3.2 Innovative ASUS features Innovative ASUS features Innovative ASUS features Innovative ASUS features Innovative ASUS features CrashFree BIOS 2 CrashFree BIOS 2 CrashFree BIOS 2 CrashFree BIOS 2 CrashFree BIOS 2 This feature allows you to restore the original BIOS data from the support CD in case when the BIOS codes and data are corrupted. This protection eliminates the need to buy a replacement ROM chip. See details on page 2-9 . USB 2.0 technology USB 2.0 technology USB 2.0 technology USB 2.0 technology USB 2.0 technology The motherboard implements the Universal Serial Bus (USB) 2.0 specification, dramatically increasing the connection speed from the 12 Mbps bandwidth on USB 1.1 to a fast 480 Mbps on USB 2.0. USB 2.0 is backward compatible with USB 1.1. See pages 1-25 and 1-33 for details.
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 1-5 1-5 1-5 1-5 1-5 ASUS Q-Fan technology ASUS Q-Fan technology ASUS Q-Fan technology ASUS Q-Fan technology ASUS Q-Fan technology The ASUS Q-Fan technology smartly adjusts the CPU fan speed according to the system loading to ensure quiet, cool, and efficient operation. ASUS EZ Flash BIOS ASUS EZ Flash BIOS ASUS EZ Flash BIOS ASUS EZ Flash BIOS ASUS EZ Flash BIOS With the ASUS EZ Flash, you can easily update the system BIOS even before loading the operating system. No need to use a DOS-based utility or boot from a floppy disk. See page 2-6 for details. C.P.R. (CPU Parameter Recall) C.P.R. (CPU Parameter Recall) C.P.R. (CPU Parameter Recall) C.P.R. (CPU Parameter Recall) C.P.R. (CPU Parameter Recall) The C.P.R. feature of the motherboard BIOS allows automatic re-setting to the BIOS default settings in case the system hangs due to overclocking. When the system hangs due to overclocking, C.P.R. eliminates the need to open the system chassis and clear the RTC data. Simply shut down and reboot the system, and the BIOS automatically restores the CPU default setting for each parameter. 1.3.3 1.3.3 1.3.3 1.3.3 1.3.3 ASUS Digital Home for P5V-VM DH special ASUS Digital Home for P5V-VM DH special ASUS Digital Home for P5V-VM DH special ASUS Digital Home for P5V-VM DH special ASUS Digital Home for P5V-VM DH special features features features features features ASUS WiFi-AP Solo ASUS WiFi-AP Solo ASUS WiFi-AP Solo ASUS WiFi-AP Solo ASUS WiFi-AP Solo (Only for P5V-VM DH) (Only for P5V-VM DH) (Only for P5V-VM DH) (Only for P5V-VM DH) (Only for P5V-VM DH) The ASUS WiFi-AP Solo allows a new level of versitility for your PC, enabling it to create a complete wireless home network in either AP or wirelesss client mode. Users will be able to play LAN games, connecting to the Internet, access and share printers, and use Skype from anywhere within range. The ASUS WiFi-AP Solo can provide these functions even when the PC is in sleep mode, so users can use Skype as a true replacement for tradition long distance telephone service. WiFi-AP Solo is an on-board feature, which means that users will save the extra WiFi-AP cost.
1-6 1-6 1-6 1-6 1-6 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction ASUS DH Remote⢠ASUS DH Remote⢠ASUS DH Remote⢠ASUS DH Remote⢠ASUS DH Remote⢠(Only for P5V-VM DH) (Only for P5V-VM DH) (Only for P5V-VM DH) (Only for P5V-VM DH) (Only for P5V-VM DH) The ASUS DH Remote⢠is a convenient PC remote controller that gives users unprecedented control over their PCs from the comfort of their couches. With the touch of a button, users can instantly operate the following functions: Power Power Power Power Power : Turns the computer on/off. Quick Power Quick Power Quick Power Quick Power Quick Power : Puts the computer quickly into sleep mode. Noise Off Noise Off Noise Off Noise Off Noise Off : Reduces the noise coming from the computer. EZ WiFi EZ WiFi EZ WiFi EZ WiFi E Z W i F i: Puts the computer quickly into sleep mode but allowing WiFi-AP Solo⢠to still operate. Full Screen Full Screen Full Screen Full Screen Full Screen : Puts the media application into full screen. AP Launch AP Launch AP Launch AP Launch AP Launch : Launches the media application. Media Control Zone Media Control Zone Media Control Zone Media Control Zone Media Control Zone : Controls the media application. ASUS MP3-In⢠ASUS MP3-In⢠ASUS MP3-In⢠ASUS MP3-In⢠ASUS MP3-In⢠(Only for P5V-VM DH) (Only for P5V-VM DH) (Only for P5V-VM DH) (Only for P5V-VM DH) (Only for P5V-VM DH) A convenient interface between computers and MP3 players, the ASUS MP3-In⢠feature enables MP3 players to connect to PC speakers even when the PC power is off, which means that users can enjoy the sound quality from PC speakers without additional stereo equipment cost. Please refer page 1-35 and ASUS MP3-In⢠quick installation guide for details.
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 1-7 1-7 1-7 1-7 1-7 Onboard LED Onboard LED Onboard LED Onboard LED Onboard LED The motherboard comes with a standby power LED that lights up to indicate that the system is ON, in sleep mode, or in soft-off mode. This is a reminder that you should shut down the system and unplug the power cable before removing or plugging in any motherboard component. The illustration below shows the location of the onboard LED. 1.4 Before you proceed Take note of the following precautions before you install motherboard components or change any motherboard settings. ⢠Unplug the power cord from the wall socket before touching any component. ⢠Use a grounded wrist strap or touch a safely grounded object or to a metal object, such as the power supply case, before handling components to avoid damaging them due to static electricity ⢠Hold components by the edges to avoid touching the ICs on them. ⢠Whenever you uninstall any component, place it on a grounded antistatic pad or in the bag that came with the component. ⢠Before you install or remove any component, ensure Before you install or remove any component, ensure Before you install or remove any component, ensure Before you install or remove any component, ensure Before you install or remove any component, ensure that the ATX power supply is switched off or the that the ATX power supply is switched off or the that the ATX power supply is switched off or the that the ATX power supply is switched off or the that the ATX power supply is switched off or the power cord is detached from the power supply. power cord is detached from the power supply. power cord is detached from the power supply. power cord is detached from the power supply. power cord is detached from the power supply. Failure to do so may cause severe damage to the motherboard, peripherals, and/or components. î Onboard LED SB_PWR ON Standby Power OFF Powered Off
1-8 1-8 1-8 1-8 1-8 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction 1.5 Motherboard overview Before you install the motherboard, study the configuration of your chassis to ensure that the motherboard fits into it. Make sure to unplug the power cord before installing or removing the motherboard. Failure to do so can cause you physical injury and damage motherboard components. Do not overtighten the screws! Doing so can damage the motherboard. 1.5.1 1.5.1 1.5.1 1.5.1 1.5.1 Placement direction Placement direction Placement direction Placement direction Placement direction When installing the motherboard, make sure that you place it into the chassis in the correct orientation. The edge with external ports goes to the rear part of the chassis as indicated in the image below. 1.5.2 1.5.2 1.5.2 1.5.2 1.5.2 Screw holes Screw holes Screw holes Screw holes Screw holes Place six (6) screws into the holes indicated by circles to secure the motherboard to the chassis. Place this side towards Place this side towards Place this side towards Place this side towards Place this side towards the rear of the chassis the rear of the chassis the rear of the chassis the rear of the chassis the rear of the chassis î
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 1-9 1-9 1-9 1-9 1-9 1.5.3 1.5.3 1.5.3 1.5.3 1.5.3 P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH Motherboard layout P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH Motherboard layout P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH Motherboard layout P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH Motherboard layout P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH Motherboard layout ⢠The USB9 port, WIFI connecotr, and MP3IN connector are only for P5V-VM DH. ⢠USB1 and USB2 ports are only for P5VD2-MX. 21.8cm (8.6in) PCI1 4Mb BIOS JMicron JMB363 USBPW56 USBPW78 CHA_F AN USB56 24.5cm (9.6in) PCI2 P ANEL A TX12V CPU_F AN Super I/O AAFP DDR2 DIMM2 (64 bit,240-pin module) EA TXPWR S ATA 2 FLOPPY CR2032 3V Lithium Cell CMOS Power VIA VT8237A VIA P4M890 PCIE1 PS/2KBMS T : Mouse B: Ke yboard Below:Mic In Center:Line Out T op:Line In USB12 LAN_USB34 P ARALLEL PORT VGA DDR2 DIMM1 (64 bit,240-pin module) S ATA 1 PRI_IDE USB78 USBPW34 USBPW12 KBPWR AUX CD CLRTC SB_PWR SPDIF_OUT CHASSIS RTL8201CL î LGA775 COM2 E S ATA SEC_IDE SA T A_A PCIEX16 WIFI USB9 MP3IN
1-10 1-10 1-10 1-10 1-10 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction 1.6.1 1.6.1 1.6.1 1.6.1 1.6.1 Installling the CPU Installling the CPU Installling the CPU Installling the CPU Installling the CPU To install a CPU: 1. Locate the CPU socket on the motherboard. 1.6 Central Processing Unit (CPU) The motherboard comes with a surface mount LGA775 socket designed for the Intel î Coreâ¢2 Duo/Pentium î D/ Pentium î 4/Celeron î processor in the 775-land package. ⢠Your boxed Intel î Coreâ¢2 Duo/Pentium î D/Pentium î 4/Celeron î LGA775 processor package should come with installation instructions for the CPU, fan and heatsink assembly. If the instructions in this section do not match the CPU documentation, follow the latter. ⢠Upon purchase of the motherboard, make sure that the PnP cap is on the socket and the socket pins are not bent. Contact your retailer immediately if the PnP cap is missing, or if you see any damage to the PnP cap/socket pins/motherboard components. ASUS will shoulder the cost of repair only if the damage is shipment/ transit-related. ⢠Keep the cap after installing the motherboard. ASUS will process Return Merchandise Authorization (RMA) requests only if the motherboard comes with the cap on the LGA775 socket. ⢠The product warranty does not cover damage to the socket pins resulting from incorrect CPU installation/removal, or misplacement/ loss/incorrect removal of the PnP cap. Before installing the CPU, make sure that the socket box is facing towards you and the load lever is on your left. î CPU Socket 775
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 1-11 1-11 1-11 1-11 1-11 3. Lift the load lever in the direction of the arrow to a 135ú angle. 4. Lift the load plate with your thumb and forefinger to a 100ú angle (A), then push the PnP cap from the load plate window to remove (B). To prevent damage to the socket pins, do not remove the PnP cap unless you are installing a CPU. 5. Position the CPU over the socket, making sure that the gold triangle is on the bottom-left corner of the socket. The socket alignment key should fit into the CPU notch. 2. Press the load lever with your thumb (A) and move it to the left (B) until it is released from the retention tab. Retention tab Retention tab Retention tab Retention tab Retention tab Load lever Load lever Load lever Load lever Load lever This side of the cam This side of the cam This side of the cam This side of the cam This side of the cam box should face you. box should face you. box should face you. box should face you. box should face you. PnP Cap PnP Cap PnP Cap PnP Cap PnP Cap A B Load plate Load plate Load plate Load plate Load plate A B Alignment key Alignment key Alignment key Alignment key Alignment key Gold triangle mark Gold triangle mark Gold triangle mark Gold triangle mark Gold triangle mark
1-12 1-12 1-12 1-12 1-12 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction The CPU fits in only one correct orientation. DO NOT force the CPU into the socket to prevent bending the connectors on the socket and damaging the CPU! 6. Close the load plate (A), then push the load lever (B) until it snaps into the retention tab. Notes on Intel Notes on Intel Notes on Intel Notes on Intel Notes on Intel î Hyper-Threading Technology Hyper-Threading Technology Hyper-Threading Technology Hyper-Threading Technology Hyper-Threading Technology ⢠This motherboard supports Intel î Pentium î 4 CPUs in the 775-land package with Hyper-Threading Technology. ⢠Hyper-Threading Technology is supported under Windows î XP/2003 Server and Linux 1.7.x (kernel) and later versions only. Under Linux, use the Hyper-Threading compiler to compile the code. If you are using any other operating systems, disable the Hyper-Threading Technology item in the BIOS to ensure system stability and performance. ⢠Installing Windows î XP Service Pack 1 or later version is recommended. ⢠Make sure to enable the Hyper-Threading Technology item in BIOS before installing a supported operating system. ⢠For more information on Hyper-Threading Technology, visit www.intel.com/info/hyperthreading. To use the Hyper-Threading Technology on this motherboard: 1. Install an Intel î Pentium î 4 CPU in the 775-land package that supports Hyper-Threading Technology. 2. Power up the system and enter the BIOS Setup (see Chapter 2: BIOS setup). Under the Advanced Menu, make sure that the item Hyper-Threading Technology is set to Enabled. The item appears only if you installed a CPU that supports Hyper-Threading Technology. 3. Reboot the computer. A B
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 1-13 1-13 1-13 1-13 1-13 1.6.2 1.6.2 1.6.2 1.6.2 1.6.2 Installling the CPU heatsink and fan Installling the CPU heatsink and fan Installling the CPU heatsink and fan Installling the CPU heatsink and fan Installling the CPU heatsink and fan The Intel î Pentium î 4 LGA775 processor requires a specially designed heatsink and fan assembly to ensure optimum thermal condition and performance. ⢠Install the motherboard to the chassis before you install the CPU fan and heatsink assembly ⢠When you buy a boxed Intel î Pentium î 4 processor, the package includes the CPU fan and heatsink assembly. If you buy a CPU separately, make sure that you use only Intel î -certified multi-directional heatsink and fan. ⢠Your Intel î Pentium î 4 heatsink and fan assembly comes in a push- pin design and requires no tool to install. If you purchased a separate CPU heatsink and fan assembly, make sure that a Thermal Interface Material is properly applied to the CPU heatsink or CPU before you install the heatsink and fan assembly. To install the CPU heatsink and fan: 1. Place the heatsink on top of the installed CPU, making sure that the four fasteners match the holes on the motherboard. Fastener Fastener Fastener Fastener Fastener Motherboard hole Motherboard hole Motherboard hole Motherboard hole Motherboard hole Make sure each fastener is oriented as shown, with the narrow groove directed outward.
1-14 1-14 1-14 1-14 1-14 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Do not forget to connect the CPU fan connector! Hardware monitoring errors can occur if you fail to plug this connector. 3. When the fan and heatsink assembly is in place, connect the CPU fan cable to the connector on the motherboard labeled CPU_FAN. 2. Push down two fasteners at a time in a diagonal sequence to secure the heatsink and fan assembly in place. A A B B B B A A î CPU fan connector CPU_F AN GND CPU F AN PWR CPU F AN IN CPU F AN PWM
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 1-15 1-15 1-15 1-15 1-15 1.6.3 1.6.3 1.6.3 1.6.3 1.6.3 Uninstalling the CPU heatsink and fan Uninstalling the CPU heatsink and fan Uninstalling the CPU heatsink and fan Uninstalling the CPU heatsink and fan Uninstalling the CPU heatsink and fan To uninstall the CPU heatsink and fan: 1. Disconnect the CPU fan cable from the connector on the motherboard labeled CPU_FAN. 2. Rotate each fastener counterclockwise. 3. Pull up two fasteners at a time in a diagonal sequence to disengage the heatsink and fan assembly from the motherboard. A A B B B B A A
1-16 1-16 1-16 1-16 1-16 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction 4. Remove the heatsink and fan assembly from the motherboard. 5. Rotate each fastener clockwise to reset the orientation. The narrow end of the groove should point outward after resetting. (The photo shows the groove shaded for emphasis.) Narrow end of the groove Narrow end of the groove Narrow end of the groove Narrow end of the groove Narrow end of the groove
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 1-17 1-17 1-17 1-17 1-17 1.7 System memory 1.7.1 1.7.1 1.7.1 1.7.1 1.7.1 Overview Overview Overview Overview Overview The motherboard comes with two Double Data Rate 2 (DDR2) Dual Inline Memory Modules (DIMM) sockets. A DDR2 module has the same physical dimensions as a DDR DIMM but has a 240-pin footprint compared to the 184-pin DDR DIMM. DDR2 DIMMs are notched differently to prevent installation on a DDR DIMM socket. The figure illustrates the location of the DDR2 DIMM sockets: 1.7.2 1.7.2 1.7.2 1.7.2 1.7.2 Memory configurations Memory configurations Memory configurations Memory configurations Memory configurations You may install 256 MB, 512 MB, 1 GB, and 2 GB unbuffered non-ECC DDR2 DIMMs into the DIMM sockets. ⢠Always install DIMMs with the same CAS latency. For optimum compatibility, it is recommended that you obtain memory modules from the same vendor. Refer to the DDR2 Qualified Vendors List on the next page for details. ⢠Due to chipset resource allocation, the system may detect less than 4 GB system memory when you installed two 2 GB DDR2 memory modules. ⢠This motherboard does not support memory modules made up of 128 Mb chips or double sided x16 memory modules. î 240-pin DDR2 DIMM sockets DIMM1 DIMM2
1-18 1-18 1-18 1-18 1-18 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction DDR2 533 Qualified Vendors List DDR2 533 Qualified Vendors List DDR2 533 Qualified Vendors List DDR2 533 Qualified Vendors List DDR2 533 Qualified Vendors List DIMM support Size Size Size Size Size Vendor Vendor Vendor Vendor Vendor Model Model Model Model Model Brand Brand Brand Brand Brand Side(s) Side(s) Side(s) Side(s) Side(s) Component Component Component Component Component A A A A A B B B B B 256MB KINGSTON E5116AB-5C-E N/A SS KVR533D2N4/256 V V 512MB KINGSTON HY5PS56821F-C4 N/A DS KVR533D2N4/512 V V 1024MB KINGSTON D6408TE7BL-37 N/A DS KVR533D2N4/1G V V 2048MB KINGSTON E1108AA-5C-E N/A DS KVR533D2N4/2G V V 512MB SAMSUNG K4T51083QB-GCD5 N/A SS M378T6553BG0-CD5 V V 256MB SAMSUNG K4T56083QF-GCD5 N/A SS M378T3253FG0-CD5 V V 512MB SAMSUNG K4T56083QF-GCD5 N/A DS M378T6453FG0-CD5 V V 256MB MICRON 4DBIIZ9BQT N/A SS N/A V V 512MB Infineon HYB18T512800AC37 N/A SS HYS64T64000GU-3.7-A V V 256MB Infineon HYB18T512160AF-3.7 N/A SS HYS64T32000HU-3.7-A V V 512MB Infineon HYB18T512800AF37 N/A SS HYS64T64000HU-3.7-A V V 1024MB Infineon HYB18T512800AF37 N/A DS HYS64T128020HU-3.7-A V V 2048MB Infineon HYB18T1G800AF-3.7 N/A DS HYS64T256020HU-3.7-A V V 256MB Infineon HYB18T5121608BF-3.7 N/A SS HYS64T32000HU-3.7-B V V 512MB Infineon HYB18T512800BF37 N/A SS HYS64T64000HU-3.7-B V V 1024MB Infineon HYB18T512800BF37 N/A DS HYS64T128020HU-3.7-B V V 512MB Hynix HY5PS12821F-C4 N/A SS HYMP564U648-C4 V V 1024MB Hynix HY5PS12821F-C4 N/A DS HYMP512U648-C4 V V 1024MB Hynix HY5PS12821FP-C4 N/A DS HYMP512U648-C4 V V 512MB Hynix HY5PS12821AFP-C3 N/A SS HYMP564U64AP8-C3 V V 1024MB Hynix HY5PS12821AFP-C3 N/A DS HYMP512U64AP8-C3 V V 512MB ELPIDA E5108AB-5C-E N/A SS EBE51UD8ABFA-5C V V 512MB ELPIDA E5108AB-5C-E N/A SS EBE51UD8ABFA-5C-E V V 1024MB ELPIDA E5108AB-5C-E N/A DS EBE11UD8ABFA-5C-E V V 2048MB ELPIDA E1108AA-5C-E N/A DS EBE21EE8AAFA-5C-E V V 256MB CORSAIR MIII0051832M8CEC N/A SS VS256MB533D2 V V 512MB CORSAIR MI110052432M8CEC N/A DS VS512MB533D2 V V 256MB Apacer E5116AB-5C-E N/A SS 78.81077.420 V V 256MB KINGMAX E5116AB-5C-E N/A SS KLBB68F-36EP4 V V 512MB KINGMAX E5108AE-5C-E N/A SS KLBC28F-A8EB4 V V 1024MB KINGMAX E5108AE-5C-E N/A DS KLBD48F-A8EB4 V V 512MB Transcend K4T51083QB-GCD5 N/A SS TS64MLQ64V5J V V 1024MB Transcend K4T51083QB-GCD5 N/A DS TS128MLQ64V5J V V 256MB CENTURY K4T56083QF-GCD5 N/A SS 25V6S8SSD5F4-K43 V V 512MB CENTURY E5108AB-5C-E N/A SS 25V2H8EL5CB4-J43 V V 1024MB CENTURY E5108AB-5C-E N/A DS 25V0H8EL5CB4-J45 V V 256MB elixir N2TU51216AF-37B N/A SS M2U25664TUH4A0F-37B V V 512MB elixir N2TU51280AF-37B N/A SS M2U51264TU88A0F-37B V V 256MB Aeneon AET960UD00-37C88X N/A SS AET560UD00-370A98X V V 512MB Aeneon AET960UD00-37C88X N/A SS AET660UD00-370A98X V V 256MB Aeneon AET94F370A N/A SS AET560UD00-370A98Z V V 256MB Aeneon AET94F370A N/A SS AET560UD00-370A98X V V 512MB Aeneon AET93F370A N/A SS AET660UD00-370A98Z V V 512MB Aeneon AET93F370A N/A SS AET660UD00-370A98X V V 512MB Aeneon AET93F370 N/A SS AET660UD00-370A98X V V 1024MB Aeneon AET93F370A N/A DS AET760UD00-370A98X V V 256MB NANYA NT5TU32M16AF-37B N/A SS NT256T64UH4A0F-37B V V 512MB NANYA NT5TU64M8AF-37B N/A SS NT512T64U88A0F-37B V V 1024MB NANYA NT5TU64M8AF-37B N/A DS NT1GT64U8HA0F-37B V V 1024MB PQI 64MX8D2-E N/A DS MEAB-323LA V V 512MB TwinMOS K4T51083QB-GCD5 N/A SS 8D-22JB5-K2T V V 256MB SimpleTech 858S032F25A N/A SS SVM-42DR2/256 V V 512MB SimpleTech 858S064F25A N/A DS SVM-42DR2/512 V V
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 1-19 1-19 1-19 1-19 1-19 Legend: Legend: Legend: Legend: Legend: Side(s): SS Side(s): SS Side(s): SS Side(s): SS Side(s): SS - Single-sided DS DS DS DS D S - Double-sided DIMM support: DIMM support: DIMM support: DIMM support: DIMM support: A A A A A - Supports one module inserted in any slot as Single-channel memory configuration B B B B B - Supports one pair of modules inserted into yellow slots as one pair of Single- channel memory configuration 1.7.3 1.7.3 1.7.3 1.7.3 1.7.3 Installing a DIMM Installing a DIMM Installing a DIMM Installing a DIMM Installing a DIMM 1. Unlock a DIMM socket by pressing the retaining clips outward. 2. Align a DIMM on the socket such that the notch on the DIMM matches the break on the socket. 3. Firmly insert the DIMM into the socket until the retaining clips snap back in place and the DIMM is properly seated. Make sure to unplug the power supply before adding or removing DIMMs or other system components. Failure to do so may cause severe damage to both the motherboard and the components. Unlocked retaining clip Unlocked retaining clip Unlocked retaining clip Unlocked retaining clip Unlocked retaining clip DDR2 DIMM notch DDR2 DIMM notch DDR2 DIMM notch DDR2 DIMM notch DDR2 DIMM notch 1.7.4 1.7.4 1.7.4 1.7.4 1.7.4 Removing a DIMM Removing a DIMM Removing a DIMM Removing a DIMM Removing a DIMM To remove a DIMM: 1. Simultaneously press the retaining clips outward to unlock the DIMM. 2. Remove the DIMM from the socket. Support the DIMM lightly with your fingers when pressing the retaining clips. The DIMM might get damaged when it flips out with extra force. DDR2 DIMM notch DDR2 DIMM notch DDR2 DIMM notch DDR2 DIMM notch DDR2 DIMM notch 1 ⢠A DDR2 DIMM is keyed with a notch so that it fits in only one direction. DO NOT force a DIMM into a socket to avoid damaging the DIMM. ⢠The DDR2 DIMM sockets do not support DDR DIMMs. Do not install DDR DIMMs to the DDR2 DIMM sockets. 3 2 1 1 2 1 1
1-20 1-20 1-20 1-20 1-20 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction 1.8 Expansion slots In the future, you may need to install expansion cards. The following sub-sections describe the slots and the expansion cards that they support. 1.8.1 1.8.1 1.8.1 1.8.1 1.8.1 Installing an expansion card Installing an expansion card Installing an expansion card Installing an expansion card Installing an expansion card To install an expansion card: 1. Before installing the expansion card, read the documentation that came with it and make the necessary hardware settings for the card. 2. Remove the system unit cover (if your motherboard is already installed in a chassis). 3. Remove the bracket opposite the slot that you intend to use. Keep the screw for later use. 4. Align the card connector with the slot and press firmly until the card is completely seated on the slot. 5. Secure the card to the chassis with the screw you removed earlier. 6. Replace the system cover. 1.8.2 1.8.2 1.8.2 1.8.2 1.8.2 Configuring an expansion card Configuring an expansion card Configuring an expansion card Configuring an expansion card Configuring an expansion card After installing the expansion card, configure it by adjusting the software settings. 1. Turn on the system and change the necessary BIOS settings, if any. See Chapter 2 for information on BIOS setup. 2. Assign an IRQ to the card. Refer to the tables on the next page. 3. Install the software drivers for the expansion card. Make sure to unplug the power cord before adding or removing expansion cards. Failure to do so may cause you physical injury and damage motherboard components.
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 1-21 1-21 1-21 1-21 1-21 1.8.3 1.8.3 1.8.3 1.8.3 1.8.3 Interrupt assignments Interrupt assignments Interrupt assignments Interrupt assignments Interrupt assignments Standard interrupt assignments Standard interrupt assignments Standard interrupt assignments Standard interrupt assignments Standard interrupt assignments IRQ IRQ IRQ IRQ IRQ Priority Priority Priority Priority Priority Standard Function Standard Function Standard Function Standard Function Standard Function 0 1 System Timer 1 2 Keyboard Controller 2 ⢠Re-direct to IRQ#9 4 12 Communications Port (COM)* 5 13 IRQ holder for PCI steering* 6 14 Floppy Disk Controller 7 15 Printer Port (LPT1)* 8 3 System CMOS/Real Time Clock 9 4 IRQ holder for PCI steering* 10 5 IRQ holder for PCI steering* 11 6 PCI-E x1 12 7 PS/2 Compatible Mouse Port* 13 8 Numeric Data Processor 14 9 Primary IDE Channel 15 10 Secondary IDE Channel * These IRQs are usually available for ISA or PCI devices. When using PCI cards on shared slots, ensure that the drivers support âÂÂShare IRQâ or that the cards do not need IRQ assignments. Otherwise, conflicts will arise between the two PCI groups, making the system unstable and the card inoperable. IRQ assignments for this motherboard IRQ assignments for this motherboard IRQ assignments for this motherboard IRQ assignments for this motherboard IRQ assignments for this motherboard A A A A A B B B B B C C C C C D D D D D PCI slot 1 â shared â â PCI slot 2 â â shared â PCIe x1 slot* Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Onboard USB controller 1 shared â â â Onboard USB controller 2 â â shared â Onboard USB controller 3 â shared â â Onboard USB controller 4 â â â shared Onboard USB 2.0 controller â â shared â Onboard LAN shared â â â Onboard audio â shared â â Onboard VGA shared â â âÂÂ
1-22 1-22 1-22 1-22 1-22 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction 1.8.4 1.8.4 1.8.4 1.8.4 1.8.4 PCI slots PCI slots PCI slots PCI slots PCI slots The PCI slots support cards such as a LAN card, SCSI card, USB card, and other cards that comply with PCI specifications. The figure shows a LAN card installed on a PCI slot. 1.8.5 1.8.5 1.8.5 1.8.5 1.8.5 PCI Express x1 slot PCI Express x1 slot PCI Express x1 slot PCI Express x1 slot PCI Express x1 slot This motherboard supports PCI Express x1 network cards, SCSI cards and other cards that comply with the PCI Express specifications. The figure shows a network card installed on the PCI Express x1 slot. 1.8.6 1.8.6 1.8.6 1.8.6 1.8.6 PCI Express x16 PCI Express x16 PCI Express x16 PCI Express x16 PCI Express x16 slot slot slot slot slot This motherboard supports PCI Express x16 graphic cards that comply with PCI Express specifications. The figure shows a graphics card installed on the PCI Express x16 slot. ⢠PCI-E x1 and eSATA cannot be used simultaneously. ⢠The default setting of this configuration is eSATA function. If you want to use the PCI-Express x1 function, set Ex-SATA/PCI-E*1 Ex-SATA/PCI-E*1 Ex-SATA/PCI-E*1 Ex-SATA/PCI-E*1 Ex-SATA/PCI-E*1 Option Option Option Option Option item in the BIOS to [PCI-E*1]. Refer to page 2-25 for details.
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 1-23 1-23 1-23 1-23 1-23 1.9 Jumpers 1. 1. 1. 1. 1. Clear RTC RAM (CLRTC) Clear RTC RAM (CLRTC) Clear RTC RAM (CLRTC) Clear RTC RAM (CLRTC) Clear RTC RAM (CLRTC) This jumper allows you to clear the Real Time Clock (RTC) RAM in CMOS. You can clear the CMOS memory of date, time, and system setup parameters by erasing the CMOS RTC RAM data. The onboard button cell battery powers the RAM data in CMOS, which include system setup information such as system passwords. To erase the RTC RAM: 1. Turn OFF the computer and unplug the power cord. 2. Remove the onboard battery. 3. Move the jumper cap from pins 1-2 (default) to pins 2-3. Keep the cap on pins 2-3 for about 5~10 seconds, then move the cap back to pins 1-2. 4. Re-install the battery. 5. Plug the power cord and turn ON the computer. 6. Hold down the <Del> key during the boot process and enter BIOS setup to re-enter data. Except when clearing the RTC RAM, never remove the cap on CLRTC jumper default position. Removing the cap will cause system boot failure! î Clear RTC RAM CLRTC Normal CLEAR (Default) 12 23 You do not need to clear the RTC when the system hangs due to overclocking. For system failure due to overclocking, use the C.P.R. (CPU Parameter Recall) feature. Shut down and reboot the system so the BIOS can automatically reset parameter settings to default values.
1-24 1-24 1-24 1-24 1-24 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. Keyboard power (3-pin KBPWR) Keyboard power (3-pin KBPWR) Keyboard power (3-pin KBPWR) Keyboard power (3-pin KBPWR) Keyboard power (3-pin KBPWR) This jumper allows you to enable or disable the keyboard wake-up feature. Set this jumper to pins 2-3 ( 5VSB) to wake up the computer when you press a key on the keyboard (the default is the Space Bar). This feature requires an ATX power supply that can supply at least 1A on the 5VSB lead, and a corresponding setting in the BIOS. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. USB device wake-up (3-pin USBPW12, USBPW34, USB device wake-up (3-pin USBPW12, USBPW34, USB device wake-up (3-pin USBPW12, USBPW34, USB device wake-up (3-pin USBPW12, USBPW34, USB device wake-up (3-pin USBPW12, USBPW34, USBPW56, USBPW78) USBPW56, USBPW78) USBPW56, USBPW78) USBPW56, USBPW78) USBPW56, USBPW78) Set these jumpers to 5V to wake up the computer from S1 sleep mode (CPU stopped, DRAM refreshed, system running in low power mode) using the connected USB devices. Set to 5VSB to wake up from S3 and S4 sleep modes (no power to CPU, DRAM in slow refresh, power supply in reduced power mode). The USBPWR12 and USBPWR34 jumpers are for the rear USB ports. The USBPWR56 and USBPWR78 jumper is for the internal USB connectors that you can connect to additional USB ports. î Keyboard power setting (Default) 5V 5VSB KBPWR 23 12 î 3 2 2 1 5V 5VSB USB device wake-up USBPW56 USBPW78 USBPW34 USBPW12 3 2 2 1 5V 5VSB
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 1-25 1-25 1-25 1-25 1-25 ⢠The USB device wake-up feature requires a power supply that can provide 500mA on the 5VSB lead for each USB port; otherwise, the system would not power up. ⢠The total current consumed must NOT exceed the power supply capability ( 5VSB) whether under normal condition or in sleep mode. Default for P5VD2-MX Default for P5VD2-MX Default for P5VD2-MX Default for P5VD2-MX Default for P5VD2-MX Default for P5V-VM DH Default for P5V-VM DH Default for P5V-VM DH Default for P5V-VM DH Default for P5V-VM DH Status USBPW12 USBPW32 USBPW56 USBPW78 Status USBPW12 USBPW32 USBPW56 USBPW78 Status USBPW12 USBPW32 USBPW56 USBPW78 Status USBPW12 USBPW32 USBPW56 USBPW78 Status USBPW12 USBPW32 USBPW56 USBPW78 5VSB ⢠⢠5V - - ⢠⢠Status USBPW12 USBPW32 USBPW56 USBPW78 Status USBPW12 USBPW32 USBPW56 USBPW78 Status USBPW12 USBPW32 USBPW56 USBPW78 Status USBPW12 USBPW32 USBPW56 USBPW78 Status USBPW12 USBPW32 USBPW56 USBPW78 5VSB ⢠⢠⢠⢠5V - - - - ⢠USB1 and USB2 ports are only for P5VD2-MX. ⢠USB9 port is only for P5V-VM DH. ⢠For P5V-VM DH, USBPW12 jumper controls USB 9 port.
1-26 1-26 1-26 1-26 1-26 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction 1.10 Connectors 1.10.1 1.10.1 1.10.1 1.10.1 1.10.1 Rear panel connectors Rear panel connectors Rear panel connectors Rear panel connectors Rear panel connectors 1. 1. 1. 1. 1. PS/2 mouse port (green). PS/2 mouse port (green). PS/2 mouse port (green). PS/2 mouse port (green). PS/2 mouse port (green). This port is for a PS/2 mouse. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. Parallel port. Parallel port. Parallel port. Parallel port. Parallel port. This 25-pin port connects a parallel printer, a scanner, or other devices. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. LAN (RJ-45) port. LAN (RJ-45) port. LAN (RJ-45) port. LAN (RJ-45) port. LAN (RJ-45) port. This port allows connection to a Local Area Network (LAN) through a network hub. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. Line In port (light blue). Line In port (light blue). Line In port (light blue). Line In port (light blue). Line In port (light blue). This port connects a tape, CD, DVD player, or other audio sources. In 4-channel and 6-channel configuration, the function of this port becomes Front Speaker Out. 5. 5. 5. 5. 5. Line Out port (lime). Line Out port (lime). Line Out port (lime). Line Out port (lime). Line Out port (lime). This port connects a headphone or a speaker. In 4-channel and 6-channel configuration, the function of this port becomes Rear Speaker Out. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. Microphone port (pink). Microphone port (pink). Microphone port (pink). Microphone port (pink). Microphone port (pink). This port connects a microphone. In a 6-channel configuration, the function of this port becomes Bass/ Center Speaker. Audio 2, 4, or 6-channel configuration Audio 2, 4, or 6-channel configuration Audio 2, 4, or 6-channel configuration Audio 2, 4, or 6-channel configuration Audio 2, 4, or 6-channel configuration Light Blue Line In Line In Bass/Center Lime Line Out Front Speaker Out Front Speaker Out Pink Mic In Rear Speaker Out Rear Speaker Out Port Port Port Port Port Headset Headset Headset Headset Headset 4-channel 4-channel 4-channel 4-channel 4-channel 6-channel 6-channel 6-channel 6-channel 6-channel 2-channel 2-channel 2-channel 2-channel 2-channel 10M Green 100M Y ellow LAN por tî LAN port LED indications LAN port LED indications LAN port LED indications LAN port LED indications LAN port LED indications Status Description Status Description Status Description Status Description Status Description OFF No link GREEN (R) 10 Mbps connection Yellow (L) 100 Mbps connection Refer to the audio configuration table for the function of the audio ports in 2, 4, or 6-channel configuration. 1 14 10 2 3 4 5 6 12 11 13 9 7 8
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 1-27 1-27 1-27 1-27 1-27 10. 10. 10. 10. 10. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2 USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2 USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2 USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2 USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2 (Only for P5VD2-MX) (Only for P5VD2-MX) (Only for P5VD2-MX) (Only for P5VD2-MX) (Only for P5VD2-MX) . . . . . These two 4- pin Universal Serial Bus (USB) ports are available for connecting USB 2.0 devices. 11. 11. 11. 11. 11. USB 2.0 ports 3 and 4. USB 2.0 ports 3 and 4. USB 2.0 ports 3 and 4. USB 2.0 ports 3 and 4. USB 2.0 ports 3 and 4. These two 4-pin Universal Serial Bus (USB) ports are available for connecting USB 2.0 devices. 12. 12. 12. 12. 12. VGA port. VGA port. VGA port. VGA port. VGA port. This 15-pin VGA port connects to a VGA monitor. 13. 13. 13. 13. 13. External SATA port. External SATA port. External SATA port. External SATA port. External SATA port. This port connects to an external SATA box or a Serial ATA port multiplier. 14. 14. 14. 14. 14. PS/2 keyboard port (purple). PS/2 keyboard port (purple). PS/2 keyboard port (purple). PS/2 keyboard port (purple). PS/2 keyboard port (purple). This port is for a PS/2 keyboard. 7. 7. 7. 7. 7. WIFI-AP Solo LED indicator WIFI-AP Solo LED indicator WIFI-AP Solo LED indicator WIFI-AP Solo LED indicator WIFI-AP Solo LED indicator (Only for P5V-VM DH). (Only for P5V-VM DH). (Only for P5V-VM DH). (Only for P5V-VM DH). (Only for P5V-VM DH). The WIFI- AP Solo comes with a green data transmission LED (AIR). Refer to the ASUS WiFi-AP Solo user guide. 8. 8. 8. 8. 8. Antenna jack Antenna jack Antenna jack Antenna jack Antenna jack (Only for P5V-VM DH) (Only for P5V-VM DH) (Only for P5V-VM DH) (Only for P5V-VM DH) (Only for P5V-VM DH) . . . . . This port is on the onboard wireless LAN module that allows you to set up a wireless network and exchange information with other wireless devices without tangling cables and wires. Connect the moveable omni-directional antenna to this jack. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. USB 2.0 port 9 USB 2.0 port 9 USB 2.0 port 9 USB 2.0 port 9 USB 2.0 port 9 (Only for P5V-VM DH) (Only for P5V-VM DH) (Only for P5V-VM DH) (Only for P5V-VM DH) (Only for P5V-VM DH) . . . . . This 4-pin Universal Serial Bus (USB) port is available for connecting a USB 2.0 device. The external SATA port supports external Serial ATA 1.5 and 3 Gb/s devices. Longer cables support higher power requirements to deliver signal up to two meters away, and enables improved hot-swap function. Do not insert a different connector to this port.
1-28 1-28 1-28 1-28 1-28 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction 1.10.2 1.10.2 1.10.2 1.10.2 1.10.2 Internal connectors Internal connectors Internal connectors Internal connectors Internal connectors 1. 1. 1. 1. 1. Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) This connector is for the provided floppy disk drive (FDD) signal cable. Insert one end of the cable to this connector, then connect the other end to the signal connector at the back of the floppy disk drive. Pin 5 on the connector is removed to prevent incorrect cable connection when using an FDD cable with a covered Pin 5. î NOTE: Orient the red markings on the floppy ribbon cable to PIN 1. Floppy disk drive connector FLOPPY PIN 1
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 1-29 1-29 1-29 1-29 1-29 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. Primary/Secondary IDE connectors (40-1 pin PRI_IDE Primary/Secondary IDE connectors (40-1 pin PRI_IDE Primary/Secondary IDE connectors (40-1 pin PRI_IDE Primary/Secondary IDE connectors (40-1 pin PRI_IDE Primary/Secondary IDE connectors (40-1 pin PRI_IDE [blue]; 40-1 pin SEC_IDE [black]) [blue]; 40-1 pin SEC_IDE [black]) [blue]; 40-1 pin SEC_IDE [black]) [blue]; 40-1 pin SEC_IDE [black]) [blue]; 40-1 pin SEC_IDE [black]) The onboard IDE connectors are for Ultra DMA 133/100/66 signal cables. There are three connectors on each Ultra DMA 133/100/66 signal cable: blue, black, and gray. Connect the blue connector to the motherboard's IDE connector, then select one of the following modes to configure your device(s). ⢠Pin 20 on the IDE connector is removed to match the covered hole on the Ultra DMA cable connector. This prevents incorrect insertion when you connect the IDE cable. ⢠Use the 80-conductor IDE cable for Ultra DMA 100/66 IDE devices. Black or gray Drive jumper Drive jumper Drive jumper Drive jumper Drive jumper Mode Mode Mode Mode Mode Cable Cable Cable Cable Cable setting setting setting setting setting of device(s) of device(s) of device(s) of device(s) of device(s) connector connector connector connector connector Single device Cable-Select or Master - Black Two devices Cable-Select Master Black Slave Gray Master Master Slave Slave î IDE connectors NOTE: Orient the red markings (usually zigzag) on the IDE ribbon cable to PIN 1. SEC_IDE PIN 1 PRI_IDE If any device jumper is set as "Cable-Select," make sure all other device jumpers have the same setting.
1-30 1-30 1-30 1-30 1-30 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. Serial ATA connectors (7-pin SATA1, SATA2) Serial ATA connectors (7-pin SATA1, SATA2) Serial ATA connectors (7-pin SATA1, SATA2) Serial ATA connectors (7-pin SATA1, SATA2) Serial ATA connectors (7-pin SATA1, SATA2) These connectors are for the Serial ATA signal cables for Serial ATA 1.5 Gb/s hard disk drives. If you installed Serial ATA hard disk drives, you can can create a RAID 0, RAID 1, and JBOD configuration through the onboard VIA VT8237A RAID controller. Important notes on Serial ATA Important notes on Serial ATA Important notes on Serial ATA Important notes on Serial ATA Important notes on Serial ATA ⢠The Serial ATA RAID feature (RAID 0, RAID 1, and JBOD) is available only if you are using Windows î 2000/2003 Server/XP operation system. ⢠Install the Windows î 2000 Service Pack 4, the Windows î XP Service Pack1 or later version before using Serial ATA. ⢠Please refer to section â Onboard Devices Configuration Onboard Devices Configuration Onboard Devices Configuration Onboard Devices Configuration Onboard Devices Configuration â i n the BIOS for details on SATA RAID configuration. î SA T A connectors GND RSA T A_TXP1 RSA T A_TXN1 GND RSA T A_RXP1 RSA T A_RXN1 GND S ATA 1 GND RSA T A_TXP2 RSA T A_TXN2 GND RSA T A_RXP2 RSA T A_RXN2 GND S ATA 2 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. Jmicron Serial ATA RAID connector (7-pin SATA_A) Jmicron Serial ATA RAID connector (7-pin SATA_A) Jmicron Serial ATA RAID connector (7-pin SATA_A) Jmicron Serial ATA RAID connector (7-pin SATA_A) Jmicron Serial ATA RAID connector (7-pin SATA_A) This connector is for a Serial ATA signal cable for a Serial ATA hard disk drive that you can combine with an external Serial ATA 3 Gb/s device to configure a RAID 0, RAID 1, and JBOD set through the onboard Jmicron SATA RAID controller. Do not remove/unplug external SATA devices when running under RAID mode. î SA T A RAID connector SA T A_A GND RSA T A_TXP2 RSA T A_TXN2 GND RSA T A_RXP2 RSA T A_RXN2 GND
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 1-31 1-31 1-31 1-31 1-31 5. 5. 5. 5. 5. CPU and Chassis fan connectors CPU and Chassis fan connectors CPU and Chassis fan connectors CPU and Chassis fan connectors CPU and Chassis fan connectors (4-pin CPU_FAN, 3-pin CHA_FAN) (4-pin CPU_FAN, 3-pin CHA_FAN) (4-pin CPU_FAN, 3-pin CHA_FAN) (4-pin CPU_FAN, 3-pin CHA_FAN) (4-pin CPU_FAN, 3-pin CHA_FAN) The fan connectors support cooling fans of 350mA~740mA (8.88W max.) or a total of 1A~2.22A (26.64W max.) at 12V. Connect the fan cables to the fan connectors on the motherboard, making sure that the black wire of each cable matches the ground pin of the connector. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. Digital Audio connector (4-1 pin SPDIF_OUT) Digital Audio connector (4-1 pin SPDIF_OUT) Digital Audio connector (4-1 pin SPDIF_OUT) Digital Audio connector (4-1 pin SPDIF_OUT) Digital Audio connector (4-1 pin SPDIF_OUT) This connector is for the S/PDIF audio module to allow digital sound output. Connect one end of the S/PDIF audio cable to this connector and the other end to the S/PDIF module. The S/PDIF out module is purchased separately. Do not forget to connect the fan cables to the fan connectors. Insufficient air flow inside the system may damage the motherboard components. These are not jumpers! DO NOT place jumper caps on the fan connectors. î Fan connectors CPU_F AN CHA_F AN GND Rotation 12V GND CPU F AN PWR CPU F AN IN CPU F AN PWM î Digital audio connector 5V SPDIFOUT GND SPDIF_OUT
1-32 1-32 1-32 1-32 1-32 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction 7. 7. 7. 7. 7. ATX power connectors (24-pin EATXPWR, ATX power connectors (24-pin EATXPWR, ATX power connectors (24-pin EATXPWR, ATX power connectors (24-pin EATXPWR, ATX power connectors (24-pin EATXPWR, 4-pin ATX12V) 4-pin ATX12V) 4-pin ATX12V) 4-pin ATX12V) 4-pin ATX12V) These connectors are for an ATX power supply. The plugs from the power supply are designed to fit these connectors in only one orientation. Find the proper orientation and push down firmly until the connectors completely fit. ⢠Do not forget to connect the 4-pin ATX 12 V power plug; otherwise, the system will not boot up. ⢠Use a PSU with a minimum power rating of 300 W on this motherboard. Use of a PSU with a higher power output is recommended when configuring a system with more power-consuming devices. The system may become unstable or may not boot up if the power is inadequate. 8. 8. 8. 8. 8. Serial port connector (10-1 pin COM2) Serial port connector (10-1 pin COM2) Serial port connector (10-1 pin COM2) Serial port connector (10-1 pin COM2) Serial port connector (10-1 pin COM2) This connector is for a serial (COM) port. Connect the serial port module cable to this connector, then install the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. The Serial (COM) port module is purchased separately. î A TX power connectors EA TXPWR A TX12V 12V DC GND 12V DC GND 3 V olts 3 V olts Ground 5 V olts 5 V olts Ground Ground Power OK 5V Standby 12 V olts -5 V olts 5 V olts 3 V olts -12 V olts Ground Ground Ground PSON# Ground 5 V olts 12 V olts 3 V olts 5 V olts Ground î COM port connector PIN 1 COM2
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 1-33 1-33 1-33 1-33 1-33 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. Internal audio connectors (4-pin CD, AUX) Internal audio connectors (4-pin CD, AUX) Internal audio connectors (4-pin CD, AUX) Internal audio connectors (4-pin CD, AUX) Internal audio connectors (4-pin CD, AUX) These connectors allow you to receive stereo audio input from sound sources such as a CD-ROM, TV tuner, MPEG card or modem. 10. 10. 10. 10. 10. USB connectors (10-1 pin USB56, USB78) USB connectors (10-1 pin USB56, USB78) USB connectors (10-1 pin USB56, USB78) USB connectors (10-1 pin USB56, USB78) USB connectors (10-1 pin USB56, USB78) These connectors are for USB 2.0 ports. Connect the optional USB module cable to any of these connectors, then install the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. These USB connectors comply with USB 2.0 specification that supports up to 480 Mbps connection speed. Never connect a 1394 cable 1394 cable 1394 cable 1394 cable 1394 cable t o the USB connectors. Doing so will damage the motherboard! The USB module is purchased separately. î Internal audio connectors CD(Black) AUX(White) Right Audio Channel Left Audio Channel Ground Ground î USB 2.0 connectors USB56 USB 5V USB_P6- USB_P6 GND NC USB 5V USB_P5- USB_P5 GND 1 USB78 USB 5V USB_P8- USB_P8 GND NC USB 5V USB_P7- USB_P7 GND 1
1-34 1-34 1-34 1-34 1-34 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction 11. 11. 11. 11. 11. Front panel audio connector (10-1 pin AAFP) Front panel audio connector (10-1 pin AAFP) Front panel audio connector (10-1 pin AAFP) Front panel audio connector (10-1 pin AAFP) Front panel audio connector (10-1 pin AAFP) This connector is for a chassis-mounted front panel audio I/O module that supports either High Definition Audio or legacy AC âÂÂ97 audio standard. Connect one end of the front panel audio I/O module cable to this connector. ⢠Use a chassis that provides a high-definition audio front panel audio I/O to use the high-definition audio features. ⢠The default setting of this connector is legacy ACâÂÂ97 audio, if you want to use the High-Definition (Azalia) audio features, set the Front Panel Support Type Front Panel Support Type Front Panel Support Type Front Panel Support Type Front Panel Support Type i n the BIOS to Azalia. 12. 12. 12. 12. 12. Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) This connector is for a chassis-mounted intrusion detection sensor or switch. Connect one end of the chassis intrusion sensor or switch cable to this connector. The chassis intrusion sensor or switch sends a high-level signal to this connector when a chassis component is removed or replaced. The signal is then generated as a chassis intrusion event. By default, the pins labeled âÂÂChassis Signalâ and âÂÂGroundâ are shorted with a jumper cap. Remove the jumper caps only when you intend to use the chassis intrusion detection feature. î Chassis intrusion connector CHASSIS 5VSB_MB Chassis Signal GND (Default) î Analog front panel connector AAFP Legacy ACâÂÂ97-compliant pin definition NC MIC2 Line out_R Line out_L NC NC MICPWR NC AGND PORT1 R SENSE2_RETUR PORT1 L PORT2 R PORT2 L SENSE1_RETUR SENSE_SEND PRESENCE# GND Azalia-compliant pin definition
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 1-35 1-35 1-35 1-35 1-35 13. 13. 13. 13. 13. MP3-In connector (4-pin MP3IN [red]) MP3-In connector (4-pin MP3IN [red]) MP3-In connector (4-pin MP3IN [red]) MP3-In connector (4-pin MP3IN [red]) MP3-In connector (4-pin MP3IN [red]) (Only for P5V-VM DH) (Only for P5V-VM DH) (Only for P5V-VM DH) (Only for P5V-VM DH) (Only for P5V-VM DH) This connector is for the MP3-In module that allows you to connect your MP3 player to the speakers of the computer. For more information, refer to the MP3_In⢠quick installation guide for details. î MP3 connector MP3IN Right Audio Channel Left Audio Channel Ground Ground ⢠The MP3-In module is bundled with the motherboard package. Connect the cable to the MP3IN connector, and enjoy music from computer speakers even when the PC is turned off. ⢠Do not plug the MP3-In cable into the Audio-in connector.
1-36 1-36 1-36 1-36 1-36 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction 14. 14. 14. 14. 14. System panel connector (20-1 pin F_PANEL) System panel connector (20-1 pin F_PANEL) System panel connector (20-1 pin F_PANEL) System panel connector (20-1 pin F_PANEL) System panel connector (20-1 pin F_PANEL) This connector supports several chassis-mounted functions. The sytem panel connector is color-coded for easy connection. Refer to the connector description below for details. ⢠System power LED (Green 3-pin PLED) System power LED (Green 3-pin PLED) System power LED (Green 3-pin PLED) System power LED (Green 3-pin PLED) System power LED (Green 3-pin PLED) This 3-pin connector is for the system power LED. Connect the chassis power LED cable to this connector. The system power LED lights up when you turn on the system power, and blinks when the system is in sleep mode. ⢠Hard disk drive activity LED (Red 2-pin IDE_LED) Hard disk drive activity LED (Red 2-pin IDE_LED) Hard disk drive activity LED (Red 2-pin IDE_LED) Hard disk drive activity LED (Red 2-pin IDE_LED) Hard disk drive activity LED (Red 2-pin IDE_LED) This 2-pin connector is for the HDD Activity LED. Connect the HDD Activity LED cable to this connector. The IDE LED lights up or flashes when data is read from or written to the HDD. ⢠System warning speaker (Orange 4-pin SPEAKER) System warning speaker (Orange 4-pin SPEAKER) System warning speaker (Orange 4-pin SPEAKER) System warning speaker (Orange 4-pin SPEAKER) System warning speaker (Orange 4-pin SPEAKER) This 4-pin connector is for the chassis-mounted system warning speaker. The speaker allows you to hear system beeps and warnings. ⢠Power/Soft-off button (Yellow 2-pin PWRSW) Power/Soft-off button (Yellow 2-pin PWRSW) Power/Soft-off button (Yellow 2-pin PWRSW) Power/Soft-off button (Yellow 2-pin PWRSW) Power/Soft-off button (Yellow 2-pin PWRSW) This connector is for the system power button. Pressing the power button turns the system ON or puts the system in SLEEP or SOFT-OFF mode depending on the BIOS settings. Pressing the power switch for more than four seconds while the system is ON turns the system OFF. ⢠Reset button (Blue 2-pin RESET) Reset button (Blue 2-pin RESET) Reset button (Blue 2-pin RESET) Reset button (Blue 2-pin RESET) Reset button (Blue 2-pin RESET) This 2-pin connector is for the chassis-mounted reset button for system reboot without turning off the system power. î System panel connector * Requires an A TX power supply . PLED- PWR 5V Speaker PLED Ground RESET Ground Reset Ground Ground PLED IDE_LED- IDE_LED IDE_LED SPEAKER PWRSW P ANEL
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 2-1 2-1 2-1 2-1 2-1 2 BIOS setup This chapter tells how to change the system settings through the BIOS Setup menus. Detailed descriptions of the BIOS parameters are also provided.
2-2 2-2 2-2 2-2 2-2 Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup 2.1 Managing and updating your BIOS The following utilities allow you to manage and update the motherboard Basic Input/Output System (BIOS) setup. 1. ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update (Updates the BIOS in Windows î environment.) 2. ASUS EZ Flash ASUS EZ Flash ASUS EZ Flash ASUS EZ Flash ASUS EZ Flash (Updates the BIOS using a floppy disk during POST.) 3. Award BIOS Flash Utility Award BIOS Flash Utility Award BIOS Flash Utility Award BIOS Flash Utility Award BIOS Flash Utility (Updates the BIOS in DOS mode using a bootable floppy disk.) 4. ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 (Updates the BIOS using a bootable floppy disk or the motherboard support CD when the BIOS file fails or gets corrupted.) Refer to the corresponding sections for details on these utilities. Save a copy of the original motherboard BIOS file to a bootable floppy disk in case you need to restore the BIOS in the future. Copy the original motherboard BIOS using the ASUS Update or Award BIOS Flash utilities. Installing ASUS Update Installing ASUS Update Installing ASUS Update Installing ASUS Update Installing ASUS Update To install ASUS Update: 1. Place the support CD in the optical drive. The Drivers Drivers Drivers Drivers Drivers menu appears. 2. Click the Utilities Utilities Utilities Utilities Utilities tab, then click Install ASUS Update Install ASUS Update Install ASUS Update Install ASUS Update Install ASUS Update VX.XX.XX VX.XX.XX VX.XX.XX VX.XX.XX VX.XX.XX . See page 3-4 for the Utilities Utilities Utilities Utilities Utilities screen menu. 3. The ASUS Update utility is copied to your system. 2.1.1 2.1.1 2.1.1 2.1.1 2.1.1 ASUS Update utility ASUS Update utility ASUS Update utility ASUS Update utility ASUS Update utility The ASUS Update is a utility that allows you to manage, save, and update the motherboard BIOS in Windows î environment. The ASUS Update utility allows you to: ⢠Save the current BIOS file ⢠Download the latest BIOS file from the Internet ⢠Update the BIOS from an updated BIOS file ⢠Update the BIOS directly from the Internet, and ⢠View the BIOS version information. This utility is available in the support CD that comes with the motherboard package. ASUS Update requires an Internet connection either through a network or an Internet Service Provider (ISP). Quit all Windows î applications before you update the BIOS using this utility.
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 2-3 2-3 2-3 2-3 2-3 3. Select the ASUS FTP site nearest you to avoid network traffic, or click Auto Select Auto Select Auto Select Auto Select Auto Select . Click Next Next Next Next Next . Updating the BIOS through the Internet Updating the BIOS through the Internet Updating the BIOS through the Internet Updating the BIOS through the Internet Updating the BIOS through the Internet To update the BIOS through the Internet: 1. Launch the ASUS Update utility from the Windows î desktop by clicking Start Start Start Start Start > Programs Programs Programs Programs Programs > ASUS ASUS ASUS ASUS ASUS > ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate > ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate . T h e ASUS Update main window appears. 2. Select Update BIOS from Update BIOS from Update BIOS from Update BIOS from Update BIOS from the Internet the Internet the Internet the Internet the Internet option from the drop-down menu, then click Next Next Next Next Next .
2-4 2-4 2-4 2-4 2-4 Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Updating the BIOS through a BIOS file Updating the BIOS through a BIOS file Updating the BIOS through a BIOS file Updating the BIOS through a BIOS file Updating the BIOS through a BIOS file To update the BIOS through a BIOS file: 1. Launch the ASUS Update utility from the Windows î desktop by clicking Start Start Start Start Start > Programs Programs Programs Programs Programs > ASUS ASUS ASUS ASUS ASUS > ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate > ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate . The ASUS Update main window appears. 2. Select Update BIOS from a Update BIOS from a Update BIOS from a Update BIOS from a Update BIOS from a file file file file file option from the drop-down menu, then click Next Next Next Next Next . 4. From the FTP site, select the BIOS version that you wish to download. Click Next. 5. Follow the screen instructions to complete the update process. The ASUS Update utility is capable of updating itself through the Internet. Always update the utility to avail all its features. 3. Locate the BIOS file from the Open Open Open Open Open window, then click Save Save Save Save Save . 4. Follow the screen instructions to complete the update process.
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 2-5 2-5 2-5 2-5 2-5 e. Press <Enter>, then follow screen instructions to continue. 2. Copy the original or the latest motherboard BIOS file to the bootable floppy disk. 2.1.2 2.1.2 2.1.2 2.1.2 2.1.2 Creating a bootable floppy disk Creating a bootable floppy disk Creating a bootable floppy disk Creating a bootable floppy disk Creating a bootable floppy disk 1. Do either one of the following to create a bootable floppy disk. DOS environment a. Insert a 1.44MB floppy disk into the drive. b. At the DOS prompt, type format A:/S then press <Enter>. Windows î XP environment a. Insert a 1.44 MB floppy disk to the floppy disk drive. b. Click Start Start Start Start Start from the Windows î desktop, then select My My My My My Computer Computer Computer Computer Computer . c. Select the 3 1/2 Floppy Drive icon. d. Click File File File File File from the menu, then select Format Format Format Format Format . A Format 3 1/2 Format 3 1/2 Format 3 1/2 Format 3 1/2 Format 3 1/2 Floppy Disk Floppy Disk Floppy Disk Floppy Disk Floppy Disk window appears. e. Select Create an MS-DOS startup disk Create an MS-DOS startup disk Create an MS-DOS startup disk Create an MS-DOS startup disk Create an MS-DOS startup disk from the format options field, then click Start Start Start Start Start . Windows î 2000 environment To create a set of boot disks for Windows î 2000: a. Insert a formatted, high density 1.44 MB floppy disk into the drive. b. Insert the Windows î 2000 CD to the optical drive. c. Click Start Start Start Start Start , then select Run Run Run Run Run . d. From the Open field, type D:\bootdisk\makeboot a: assuming that D: is your optical drive.
2-6 2-6 2-6 2-6 2-6 Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup 4. Insert the floppy disk that contains the BIOS file to the floppy disk drive then press <Enter>. The following screen appears. To update the BIOS using EZ Flash: 1. Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) to download the latest BIOS file for the motherboard. 2. Save the BIOS file to a floppy disk, then restart the system. 3. Press <Alt> <F2> during POST to display the following. Insert Disk then press Enter or ESC to continue POST 2.1.3 2.1.3 2.1.3 2.1.3 2.1.3 ASUS EZ Flash utility ASUS EZ Flash utility ASUS EZ Flash utility ASUS EZ Flash utility ASUS EZ Flash utility The ASUS EZ Flash feature allows you to update the BIOS without having to go through the long process of booting from a floppy disk and using a DOS-based utility. The EZ Flash utility is built-in the BIOS chip so it is accessible by pressing <Alt> <F2> during the Power-On Self Tests (POST). Do not shut down or reset the system while updating the BIOS to prevent system boot failure! 5. When the correct BIOS file is found, EZ Flash performs the BIOS update process and automatically reboots the system when done. AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.14 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved Message: Please wait... For NF-CK804-P5VD2-MX-00 DATE: 04/13/2006 Flash Type - PMC Pm49FL004T LPC/FWH File Name to Program:
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 2-7 2-7 2-7 2-7 2-7 2.1.4 2.1.4 2.1.4 2.1.4 2.1.4 Updating the BIOS Updating the BIOS Updating the BIOS Updating the BIOS Updating the BIOS The Basic Input/Output System (BIOS) can be updated using the AwardBIOS Flash Utility. Follow these instructions to update the BIOS using this utility. 1. Download the latest BIOS file from the ASUS web site. Rename the file to P5VD2-MX.BIN P5VD2-MX.BIN P5VD2-MX.BIN P5VD2-MX.BIN P5VD2-MX.BIN and save it to a floppy disk. Save only the updated BIOS file in the floppy disk to avoid loading the wrong BIOS file. 2. Copy the AwardBIOS Flash Utility (awdflash.exe) from the Software folder of the support CD to the floppy disk with the latest BIOS file. 3. Boot the system in DOS mode using the bootable floppy disk you created earlier. 4. When the A:> A:> A:> A:> A : > appears, replace the bootable floppy disk with the floppy disk containing the new BIOS file and the Award BIOS Flash Utility. 5. At the prompt, type awdflash awdflash awdflash awdflash awdflash then press <Enter>. The Award BIOS Flash Utility screen appears. AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.14 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved Message: Please input File Name! For NF-CK804-P5VD2-MX-00 DATE: 04/13/2006 Flash Type - PMC Pm49FL004T LPC/FWH File Name to Program: AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.14 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved For NF-CK804-P5VD2-MX-00 DATE: 04/13/2006 Flash Type - PMC Pm49FL004T LPC/FWH File Name to Program: 0104.bin Message: Do You Want To Save Bios (Y/N) 6. Type the BIOS file name in the File Name to File Name to File Name to File Name to File Name to Program Program Program Program Program field, then press <Enter>.
2-8 2-8 2-8 2-8 2-8 Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup 7. Press <N> when the utility prompts you to save the current BIOS file. The following screen appears. 8. The utility verifies the BIOS file in the floppy disk and starts flashing the BIOS file. Do not turn off or reset the system during the flashing process! AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.14 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved Warning: DonâÂÂt Turn Off Power Or Reset System! 9. The utility displays a Flashing Complete Flashing Complete Flashing Complete Flashing Complete Flashing Complete message indicating that you have successfully flashed the BIOS file. Remove the floppy disk then press <F1> to restart the system. AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.14 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved F1 Reset For NF-CK804-P5VD2-MX-00 DATE: 04/13/2006 Flash Type - PMC Pm49FL004T LPC/FWH File Name to Program: 0104.bin Flashing Complete Press <F1> to Continue Write OK No Update Write Fail For NF-CK804-P5VD2-MX-00 DATE: 04/13/2006 Flash Type - PMC Pm49FL004T LPC/FWH File Name to Program: 0104.bin Programming Flash Memory - OFE00 OK Write OK No Update Write Fail
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 2-9 2-9 2-9 2-9 2-9 2.1.4 2.1.4 2.1.4 2.1.4 2.1.4 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 utility ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 utility ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 utility ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 utility ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 utility The ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 is an auto recovery tool that allows you to restore the BIOS file when it fails or gets corrupted during the updating process. You can update a corrupted BIOS file using the motherboard support CD or the floppy disk that contains the updated BIOS file. Recovering the BIOS from a floppy disk Recovering the BIOS from a floppy disk Recovering the BIOS from a floppy disk Recovering the BIOS from a floppy disk Recovering the BIOS from a floppy disk To recover the BIOS from a floppy disk: 1. Turn on the system. 2. Insert the floppy disk with the original or updated BIOS file to the floppy disk drive. 3. The utility displays the following message and automatically checks the floppy disk for the original or updated BIOS file. Bad BIOS checksum. Starting BIOS recovery... Checking for floppy... 4. Restart the system after the utility completes the updating process. Bad BIOS checksum. Starting BIOS recovery... Checking for floppy... Floppy found! Reading file âÂÂP5VD2MX.ROMâÂÂ. Completed. Start flashing... When found, the utility reads the BIOS file and starts flashing the corrupted BIOS file. DO NOT shut down or reset the system while updating the BIOS! Doing so can cause system boot failure! ⢠Prepare the motherboard support CD or the floppy disk containing the updated motherboard BIOS before using this utility. ⢠Make sure that you rename the original or updated BIOS file in the floppy disk to P5VD2MX.ROM/P5V-VM DH.ROM P5VD2MX.ROM/P5V-VM DH.ROM P5VD2MX.ROM/P5V-VM DH.ROM P5VD2MX.ROM/P5V-VM DH.ROM P5VD2MX.ROM/P5V-VM DH.ROM . To use CrashFree BIOS2 feature on motherboards with onboard VGA, you will not see the screen display when the BIOS crashes even when you reboot the system. Install a graphics card into the expansion slot before rebooting the computer to display BIOS recovery message.
2-10 2-10 2-10 2-10 2-10 Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup The recovered BIOS may not be the latest BIOS version for this motherboard. Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) to download the latest BIOS file. Recovering the BIOS from the support CD Recovering the BIOS from the support CD Recovering the BIOS from the support CD Recovering the BIOS from the support CD Recovering the BIOS from the support CD To recover the BIOS from the support CD: 1. Remove any floppy disk from the floppy disk drive, then turn on the system. 2. Insert the support CD to the optical drive. 3. The utility displays the following message and automatically checks the floppy disk for the original or updated BIOS file. 4. Restart the system after the utility completes the updating process. DO NOT shut down or reset the system while updating the BIOS! Doing so can cause system boot failure! Bad BIOS checksum. Starting BIOS recovery... Checking for floppy... Floppy not found! Checking for CD-ROM... CD-ROM found! Reading file âÂÂP5VD2MX.ROMâÂÂ. Completed. Start flashing... When no floppy disk is found, the utility automatically checks the optical drive for the original or updated BIOS file. The utility then updates the corrupted BIOS file. Bad BIOS checksum. Starting BIOS recovery... Checking for floppy...
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 2-11 2-11 2-11 2-11 2-11 2.2 BIOS setup program This motherboard supports a programmable firmware chip that you can update using the provided utility described in section â 2.1 Managing and updating your BIOS.â Use the BIOS Setup program when you are installing a motherboard, reconfiguring your system, or prompted to âÂÂRun SetupâÂÂ. This section explains how to configure your system using this utility. Even if you are not prompted to use the Setup program, you can change the configuration of your computer in the future. For example, you can enable the security password feature or change the power management settings. This requires you to reconfigure your system using the BIOS Setup program so that the computer can recognize these changes and record them in the CMOS RAM of the firmware hub. The firmware hub on the motherboard stores the Setup utility. When you start up the computer, the system provides you with the opportunity to run this program. Press <Del> during the Power-On Self-Test (POST) to enter the Setup utility; otherwise, POST continues with its test routines. If you wish to enter Setup after POST, restart the system by pressing <Ctrl Alt Delete>, or by pressing the reset button on the system chassis. You can also restart by turning the system off and then back on. Do this last option only if the first two failed. The Setup program is designed to make it as easy to use as possible. Being a menu-driven program, it lets you scroll through the various sub-menus and make your selections from the available options using the navigation keys. ⢠The default BIOS settings for this motherboard apply for most conditions to ensure optimum performance. If the system becomes unstable after changing any BIOS settings, load the default settings to ensure system compatibility and stability. Select the Load Load Load Load Load Default Settings Default Settings Default Settings Default Settings Default Settings item under the Exit Menu. See section âÂÂ2.7 Exit Menu.â â¢ The BIOS setup screens shown in this section are for reference purposes only, and may not exactly match what you see on your screen. ⢠Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) to download the latest BIOS file for this motherboard and .
2-12 2-12 2-12 2-12 2-12 Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup 2.2.1 2.2.1 2.2.1 2.2.1 2.2.1 BIOS menu screen BIOS menu screen BIOS menu screen BIOS menu screen BIOS menu screen Select Menu Item Specific Help Change the day, month, year and century. Legend bar Legend bar Legend bar Legend bar Legend bar General help General help General help General help General help Menu bar Menu bar Menu bar Menu bar Menu bar Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Configuration fields Configuration fields Configuration fields Configuration fields Configuration fields Menu items Menu items Menu items Menu items Menu items Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Power Boot Exit F1:Help âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit â â â â â â â â â â : Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit System Time 15 : 30 : 36 System Date Mon, Mar 2 2006 Legacy Diskette A: [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Primary IDE Master [ST321122A] Primary IDE Slave [ASUS CDS520/A] Secondary IDE Master [None] Secondary IDE Slave [None] SATA 1 [None] SATA 2 [None] HDD SMART Monitoring [Disabled] Installed Memory 512MB Usable Memory 512MB 2.2.2 2.2.2 2.2.2 2.2.2 2.2.2 Menu bar Menu bar Menu bar Menu bar Menu bar The menu bar on top of the screen has the following main items: Main Main Main Main Main For changing the basic system configuration Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced For changing the advanced system settings Power Power Power Power Power For changing the advanced power management (APM) configuration Boot Boot Boot Boot Boot For changing the system boot configuration Exit Exit Exit Exit Exit For selecting the exit options and loading default settings To select an item on the menu bar, press the right or left arrow key on the keyboard until the desired item is highlighted. ⢠The BIOS setup screens shown in this chapter are for reference purposes only, and may not exactly match what you see on your screen. ⢠Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) to download the latest BIOS information.
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 2-13 2-13 2-13 2-13 2-13 2.2.4 2.2.4 2.2.4 2.2.4 2.2.4 Menu items Menu items Menu items Menu items Menu items The highlighted item on the menu bar displays the specific items for that menu. For example, selecting Main Main Main Main Main shows the Main menu items. The other items (Advanced, Power, Boot, and Exit) on the menu bar have their respective menu items. 2.2.5 2.2.5 2.2.5 2.2.5 2.2.5 Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Sub-menu items A solid triangle before each item on any menu screen means that the iteam has a sub-menu. To display the sub-menu, select the item and press <Enter>. 2.2.6 2.2.6 2.2.6 2.2.6 2.2.6 Configuration fields Configuration fields Configuration fields Configuration fields Configuration fields These fields show the values for the menu items. If an item is user-configurable, you can change the value of the field opposite the item. You cannot select an item that is not user-configurable. A configurable field is enclosed in brackets, and is highlighted when selected. To change the value of a field, select it then press <Enter> to display a list of options. Refer to âÂÂ2.2.7 Pop-up window.â 2.2.3 2.2.3 2.2.3 2.2.3 2.2.3 Legend bar Legend bar Legend bar Legend bar Legend bar At the bottom of the Setup screen is a legend bar. The keys in the legend bar allow you to navigate through the various setup menus. The following table lists the keys found in the legend bar with their corresponding functions. Navigation Key Navigation Key Navigation Key Navigation Key Navigation Key Function Function Function Function Function <F1> <F1> <F1> <F1> <F1> Displays the General Help screen <F5> <F5> <F5> <F5> <F5> Loads setup default values <Esc> <Esc> <Esc> <Esc> <Esc> Exits the BIOS setup or returns to the main menu from a sub-menu Left or Right arrow Left or Right arrow Left or Right arrow Left or Right arrow Left or Right arrow Selects the menu item to the left or right Up or Down arrow Up or Down arrow Up or Down arrow Up or Down arrow U p o r D o w n a r r o w Moves the highlight up or down between fields Page Down or â (minus) Page Down or â (minus) Page Down or â (minus) Page Down or â (minus) Page Down or â (minus) Scrolls backward through the values for the highlighted field Page Up or (plus) Page Up or (plus) Page Up or (plus) Page Up or (plus) Page Up or (plus) Scrolls forward through the values for the highlighted field <Enter> <Enter> <Enter> <Enter> <Enter> Brings up a selection menu for the highlighted field <F10> <F10> <F10> <F10> <F10> Saves changes and exit
2-14 2-14 2-14 2-14 2-14 Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup 2.2.7 2.2.7 2.2.7 2.2.7 2.2.7 Pop-up window Pop-up window Pop-up window Pop-up window Pop-up window Select a menu item then press <Enter> to display a pop-up window with the configuration options for that item. F1:Help âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Power Boot Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Specifies the capacity and physical size of diskette drive A. System Time 15 : 30 : 36 System Date Mon, Mar 03 2006 Legacy Diskette A: [1.44M, 3.5 in. Primary IDE Master [ST321122A] Primary IDE Slave [ASUS CDS520/A] Secondary IDE Master [None] Secondary IDE Slave [None] SATA 1 [None] SATA 2 [None] HDD SMART Monitoring [Disabled] Installed Memory 256MB 2.2.8 2.2.8 2.2.8 2.2.8 2.2.8 General help General help General help General help General help At the top right corner of the menu screen is a brief description of the selected item. Legacy Diskette A: Disabled ..... [ ] 720K , 3.5 in. ..... [ ] 1.44M, 3.5 in. ..... [ ] âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ :Move ENTER:Accept ESC:Abort Pop-up menu Pop-up menu Pop-up menu Pop-up menu Pop-up menu
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 2-15 2-15 2-15 2-15 2-15 F1:Help âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Power Boot Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Change the day, month, year and century. System Time 15 : 30 : 36 System Date Mon, Mar 03 2005 Legacy Diskette A: [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Primary IDE Master [ST321122A] Primary IDE Slave [ASUS CDS520/A] Secondary IDE Master [None] Secondary IDE Slave [None] SATA 1 [None] SATA 2 [None] HDD SMART Monitoring [Disabled] Installed Memory 512MB Usable Memory 512MB 2.3 Main menu When you enter the BIOS Setup program, the Main menu screen appears, giving you an overview of the basic system information. Refer to section âÂÂ2.2.1 BIOS menu screenâ for information on the menu screen items and how to navigate through them. 2.3.1 2.3.1 2.3.1 2.3.1 2.3.1 System Time [xx:xx:xx] System Time [xx:xx:xx] System Time [xx:xx:xx] System Time [xx:xx:xx] System Time [xx:xx:xx] Allows you to set the system time. 2.3.2 2.3.2 2.3.2 2.3.2 2.3.2 System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx] System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx] System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx] System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx] System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx] Allows you to set the system date. 2.3.3 2.3.3 2.3.3 2.3.3 2.3.3 Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Sets the type of floppy drive installed. Configuration options: [Disabled] [720K , 3.5 in.] [1.44M, 3.5 in.]
2-16 2-16 2-16 2-16 2-16 Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup 2.3.4 2.3.4 2.3.4 2.3.4 2.3.4 Primary and Secondary IDE Master/Slave Primary and Secondary IDE Master/Slave Primary and Secondary IDE Master/Slave Primary and Secondary IDE Master/Slave Primary and Secondary IDE Master/Slave While entering Setup, the BIOS automatically detects the presence of IDE devices. There is a separate sub-menu for each IDE device. Select a device item then press <Enter> to display the IDE device information. Before attempting to configure a hard disk drive, make sure you have the correct configuration information supplied by the drive manufacturer. Incorrect settings may cause the system to fail to recognize the installed hard disk. The BIOS automatically detects the values opposite the dimmed items (Capacity, Cylinder, Head, Sector and Transfer Mode). These values are not user-configurable. These items show N/A if no IDE device is installed in the system. Primary IDE Master/Slave [Auto] Primary IDE Master/Slave [Auto] Primary IDE Master/Slave [Auto] Primary IDE Master/Slave [Auto] Primary IDE Master/Slave [Auto] Secondary IDE Master/Slave [Auto] Secondary IDE Master/Slave [Auto] Secondary IDE Master/Slave [Auto] Secondary IDE Master/Slave [Auto] Secondary IDE Master/Slave [Auto] Select [Auto] to automatically detect an IDE hard disk drive. If automatic detection is successful, the BIOS automatically fills in the correct values for the remaining fields on this sub-menu. If the hard disk was already formatted on a previous system, the setup BIOS may detect incorrect parameters. Select [Manual] to manually enter the IDE hard disk drive parameters. If no drive is installed select [None]. Configuration options: [None] [Auto] [Manual] Access Mode [Auto] Access Mode [Auto] Access Mode [Auto] Access Mode [Auto] Access Mode [Auto] The default [Auto] allows automatic detection of an IDE hard disk drive. Select [CHS] for this item if you set the IDE Primary Master/Slave to [Manual]. Configuration options: [CHS] [LBA] [Large] [Auto] F1:Help âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Select Menu Item Specific Help Press [Enter] to select Primary IDE Master Primary IDE Master [ Auto ] Access Mode [Auto] Capacity 82 GB Cylinder 39420 Head 16 Sector 255 PIO Mode [Auto] UDMA Mode [Auto] Transfer Mode UDMA 6
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 2-17 2-17 2-17 2-17 2-17 Capacity Capacity Capacity Capacity Capacity Displays the auto-detected hard disk capacity. This item is not configurable. Cylinder Cylinder Cylinder Cylinder Cylinder Shows the number of the hard disk cylinders. This item is not configurable. Head Head Head Head Head Shows the number of the hard disk read/write heads. This item is not configurable. Sector Sector Sector Sector Sector Shows the number of sectors per track. This item is not configurable. PIO Mode [Auto] PIO Mode [Auto] PIO Mode [Auto] PIO Mode [Auto] PIO Mode [Auto] Sets the PIO mode for the IDE device. Configuration options: [Auto] [Mode 0] [Mode 1] [Mode 2] [Mode 3] [Mode 4] UDMA Mode [Auto] UDMA Mode [Auto] UDMA Mode [Auto] UDMA Mode [Auto] UDMA Mode [Auto] Disables or sets the UDMA mode. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Auto] Transfer Mode Transfer Mode Transfer Mode Transfer Mode Transfer Mode Shows the Transfer mode. This item is not configurable. After entering the IDE hard disk drive information into BIOS, use a disk utility, such as FDISK, to partition and format new IDE hard disk drives. This is necessary so that you can write or read data from the hard disk. Make sure to set the partition of the Primary IDE hard disk drives to active.
2-18 2-18 2-18 2-18 2-18 Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Chapter 2: BIOS Setup 2.3.5 2.3.5 2.3.5 2.3.5 2.3.5 SATA 1/2 SATA 1/2 SATA 1/2 SATA 1/2 SATA 1/2 While entering Setup, the BIOS automatically detects the presence of Serial ATA devices. There is a separate sub-menu for each SATA device. Select a device item then press <Enter> to display the SATA device information. The BIOS automatically detects the values opposite the dimmed items (Capacity, Cylinder, Head, Landing Zone and Sector). These values are not user-configurable. These items show 0 if no SATA device is installed in the system. Extended Drive [Auto] Extended Drive [Auto] Extended Drive [Auto] Extended Drive [Auto] Extended Drive [Auto] Selects the type of fixed disk connected to the system. Configuration options: [None] [Auto] Access Mode [Auto] Access Mode [Auto] Access Mode [Auto] Access Mode [Auto] Access Mode [Auto] Sets the sector addressing mode. Configuration options: [Large] [Auto] F1:Help âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Select Menu Item Specific Help Selects the type of fixed disk connected to the system. SATA 1 Extended IDE Drive [ Auto] Access Mode [Auto] Capacity 0 MB Cylinder 0 Head 0 Landing Zone 0 Sector 0 Before attempting to configure a hard disk drive, make sure you have the correct configuration information supplied by the drive manufacturer. Incorrect settings may cause the system to fail to recognize the installed hard disk. Capacity Capacity Capacity Capacity Capacity Displays the auto-detected hard disk capacity. This item is not configurable. Cylinder Cylinder Cylinder Cylinder Cylinder Shows the number of the hard disk cylinders. This item is not configurable.
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 2-19 2-19 2-19 2-19 2-19 Head Head Head Head Head Shows the number of the hard disk read/write heads. This item is not configurable. Landing Zone Landing Zone Landing Zone Landing Zone Landing Zone Shows the number of landing zone per track. This item is not configurable. Sector Sector Sector Sector Sector Shows the number of sectors per track. This item is not configurable. After entering the IDE hard disk drive information into BIOS, use a disk utility, such as FDISK, to partition and format new IDE hard disk drives. This is necessary so that you can write or read data from the hard disk. Make sure to set the partition of the Primary IDE hard disk drives to active. 2.3.6 2.3.6 2.3.6 2.3.6 2.3.6 HDD SMART Monitoring [Disabled] HDD SMART Monitoring [Disabled] HDD SMART Monitoring [Disabled] HDD SMART Monitoring [Disabled] HDD SMART Monitoring [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the HDD Self-Monitoring Analysis and Reporting Technology (SMART) feature. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] 2.3.7 2.3.7 2.3.7 2.3.7 2.3.7 Installed Memory [xxx MB] Installed Memory [xxx MB] Installed Memory [xxx MB] Installed Memory [xxx MB] Installed Memory [xxx MB] Shows the size of installed memory. 2.3.8 2.3.8 2.3.8 2.3.8 2.3.8 Usable Memory [XXX MB] Usable Memory [XXX MB] Usable Memory [XXX MB] Usable Memory [XXX MB] Usable Memory [XXX MB] Shows the size of usable memory.
2-20 2-20 2-20 2-20 2-20 Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Power Boot Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Press [Enter] to set. CPU Configuration Chipset PCIPnP Onboard Device Configuration USB Configuration 2.4 Advanced menu The Advanced menu items allow you to change the settings for the CPU and other system devices. Take caution when changing the settings of the Advanced menu items. Incorrect field values can cause the system to malfunction. F1:Help âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit 2.4.1 2.4.1 2.4.1 2.4.1 2.4.1 CPU Configuration CPU Configuration CPU Configuration CPU Configuration CPU Configuration Execute Disable Bit [Enabled] Execute Disable Bit [Enabled] Execute Disable Bit [Enabled] Execute Disable Bit [Enabled] Execute Disable Bit [Enabled] Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Select Menu Item Specific Help DRAM timing and control Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced CPU Configuration CPU Type Intel Genuine Processor CPU Speed 3.20GHz Cache RAM 1024K Current FSB Frequency 200MHz Delay Prior to Thermal [ 4 Min ] Thermal Management TM 1 Limit CPUID MaxVal [Disabled] Execute Disable Bit [Enabled] CPU L1 & L2 Cache [Enabled] Delay Prior to Thermal [4 Min] Delay Prior to Thermal [4 Min] Delay Prior to Thermal [4 Min] Delay Prior to Thermal [4 Min] Delay Prior to Thermal [4 Min] Configuration options: [4 Min] [8 Min] [16 Min] [32 Min] Limit CPUID MaxVal [Disabled] Limit CPUID MaxVal [Disabled] Limit CPUID MaxVal [Disabled] Limit CPUID MaxVal [Disabled] Limit CPUID MaxVal [Disabled] Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 2-21 2-21 2-21 2-21 2-21 CPU L1 & L2 Cache [Enabled] CPU L1 & L2 Cache [Enabled] CPU L1 & L2 Cache [Enabled] CPU L1 & L2 Cache [Enabled] CPU L1 & L2 Cache [Enabled] Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Select Menu Item Specific Help Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced Chipset DRAM Clock/Drive Control Frequency/Voltage control Top Performance [Disabled] Primary Display Adapter [PCI-E] VGA Share Memory Size [64M] 2.4.2 2.4.2 2.4.2 2.4.2 2.4.2 Chipset Chipset Chipset Chipset Chipset DRAM Clock/Drive Control DRAM Clock/Drive Control DRAM Clock/Drive Control DRAM Clock/Drive Control DRAM Clock/Drive Control Select Menu Item Specific Help Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced DRAM Clock/Drive Control Current DRAM Frequency 200MHz DRAM Frequency DRAM Timing Selectable [By SPD] x CAS Latency Time 4 x Bank Interleave Disabled x Precharge to Active(Trp) 4T x Active to Precharge(Tras) 07T x Active to CMD(Trcd) 4T x REF to ACT/REF(Trfc) 20T/21T x ACT(0) to ACT(1) (TRRD) 3T Auto DRAM Frequency [Auto] Configuration options: [Auto] [400 MHz] [533 MHz] DRAM Timing Selectable [By SPD] Configuration options: [Manual] [By SPD] The following items are user-configurable when the âÂÂDRAM Timing âÂÂDRAM Timing âÂÂDRAM Timing âÂÂDRAM Timing âÂÂDRAM Timing Selectableâ Selectableâ Selectableâ Selectableâ Selectableâ item is set to [Manual]. CAS Latency Time [4] CAS Latency Time [4] CAS Latency Time [4] CAS Latency Time [4] CAS Latency Time [4] Configuration options: [2] [3] [4] [5] Bank Interleave [Disabled] Bank Interleave [Disabled] Bank Interleave [Disabled] Bank Interleave [Disabled] Bank Interleave [Disabled] Configuration options: [Disabled] [2 Bank] [4 Bank] [8 Bank] Precharge to Active(Trp) [4T] Precharge to Active(Trp) [4T] Precharge to Active(Trp) [4T] Precharge to Active(Trp) [4T] Precharge to Active(Trp) [4T] Configuration options: [2T] [3T] [4T] [5T]
2-22 2-22 2-22 2-22 2-22 Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Frequency/Voltage control Frequency/Voltage control Frequency/Voltage control Frequency/Voltage control Frequency/Voltage control Select Menu Item Specific Help Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced Frequency/Voltage control CPU Frequency Ratio [23 X] Async CPU/PCIE Clock [Async Mode] CPU Clock [133MHz] Spread Spectrum [ /-0.2%] CPU Frequency Ratio [23 X] Sets the CPU clock ratio. Min=14 X; Max=23 X. Async CPU/PCIE Clock [Async Mode] Configuration options: [Sync Mode] [Async Mode] CPU Clock [133MHz] Sets the CPU clock frequency. Min=133 MHz; Max=165 MHz. Spread Spectrum [ /-0.2%] Configuration options: [Disabled] [ /-0.1%] [ /-0.2%]...[ /-1.0%] REF to ACT/REF(Trfc) [20T/21T] REF to ACT/REF(Trfc) [20T/21T] REF to ACT/REF(Trfc) [20T/21T] REF to ACT/REF(Trfc) [20T/21T] REF to ACT/REF(Trfc) [20T/21T] Configuration options: [07T/08T] [08T/09T] [09/10T]...[70T/ 71T] Act(o) to ACT(1) (TRRD) [3T] Act(o) to ACT(1) (TRRD) [3T] Act(o) to ACT(1) (TRRD) [3T] Act(o) to ACT(1) (TRRD) [3T] Act(o) to ACT(1) (TRRD) [3T] Configuration options: [2T] [3T] Active to Precharge(Tras) [07T] Active to Precharge(Tras) [07T] Active to Precharge(Tras) [07T] Active to Precharge(Tras) [07T] Active to Precharge(Tras) [07T] Configuration options: [05T] [06T]...[20T] Active to CMD(Trcd) [4T] Active to CMD(Trcd) [4T] Active to CMD(Trcd) [4T] Active to CMD(Trcd) [4T] Active to CMD(Trcd) [4T] Configuration options: [2T] [3T] [4T] [5T] Top Performance [Disabled] Top Performance [Disabled] Top Performance [Disabled] Top Performance [Disabled] Top Performance [Disabled] Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 2-23 2-23 2-23 2-23 2-23 VGA Share Memory Size [64M] VGA Share Memory Size [64M] VGA Share Memory Size [64M] VGA Share Memory Size [64M] VGA Share Memory Size [64M] Configuration options: [Disabled] [16M] [32M] [64M] Primary Display Adapter [PCI-E] Primary Display Adapter [PCI-E] Primary Display Adapter [PCI-E] Primary Display Adapter [PCI-E] Primary Display Adapter [PCI-E] Allows you to select which graphics controller to use as the primary boot device. Configuration options: [PCI] [AGP] [PCI-E] Select Menu Item Specific Help Select Yes if you are using a Plug and Play capable operating system Select No if you need the BIOS to configure non-boot devices PCIPnP Plug & Play O/S [No] Resources Controlled By [Auto] x IRQ Resources Assign IRQ For VGA [Enabled] ** PCI Express relative itmes ** Maximum Payload Size [4096] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced 2.4.3 2.4.3 2.4.3 2.4.3 2.4.3 PCIPnP PCIPnP PCIPnP PCIPnP PCIPnP Plug & Play O/S [No] Plug & Play O/S [No] Plug & Play O/S [No] Plug & Play O/S [No] Plug & Play O/S [No] When set to [No], the BIOS configures all the devices in the system. When set to [Yes] and if you install a Plug and Play operating system, the operating system configures the Plug and Play devices not required for boot. Configuration options: [No] [Yes] Resources Controlled By [Auto] Resources Controlled By [Auto] Resources Controlled By [Auto] Resources Controlled By [Auto] Resources Controlled By [Auto] When set to [Auto], the BIOS automatically configures all the boot and Plug and Play compatible devices. Set to [Manual] if you want to assign the IRQ DMA and memory base address fields. Configuration options: [Auto] [Manual] When the item Resources Controlled By is set to [Auto], the item IRQ Resources is grayed out and not user-configurable. Refer to the section âÂÂIRQ Resourcesâ for information on how to enable this item.
2-24 2-24 2-24 2-24 2-24 Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Maximum Payload Size [4096] Maximum Payload Size [4096] Maximum Payload Size [4096] Maximum Payload Size [4096] Maximum Payload Size [4096] Sets maximum TLP payload size for the PCI Express devices. The unit is byte. Configuration options: [128] [256] [512] [1024] [2048] [4096] Assign IRQ For VGA [Enabled] Assign IRQ For VGA [Enabled] Assign IRQ For VGA [Enabled] Assign IRQ For VGA [Enabled] Assign IRQ For VGA [Enabled] Configuration options: [Enabled] [Disabled] IRQ Resources IRQ Resources IRQ Resources IRQ Resources IRQ Resources This sub-menu is activated only when the Resources Controlled By Resources Controlled By Resources Controlled By Resources Controlled By Resources Controlled By item is set to Manual. Select Menu Item Specific Help Legacy ISA for devices compliant with the original PC AT bus specification, PCI/ISA PnP for devices compliant with the IRQ Resources IRQ-3 assigned to [ PCI Device ] IRQ-4 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-5 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-7 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-9 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-10 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-11 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-14 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-15 assigned to [PCI Device] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced IRQ-xx ass igned to When set to [PCI Device], the specific IRQ is free for use of PCI/PnP devices. When set to [Reserved], the IRQ is reserved for legacy ISA devices. Configuration options: [PCI Device] [Reserved ]
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 2-25 2-25 2-25 2-25 2-25 F1:Help âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Press [Enter] to set Onboard Device Configuration JMicron RAID controller [ IDE] SATA Controller [Enabled] SATA Controller Mode [IDE] Ex-SATA/PCI-E*1 Option [Ex-SATA] HDA Controller [Auto] Onboard LAN [Enabled] Onboard LAN Boot ROM [Disabled] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Parallel Port Address [378/IRQ7] Parallel Port Mode [Bi-Directional] ECP Mode Use DMA [3] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced 2.4.4 2.4.4 2.4.4 2.4.4 2.4.4 Onboard Devices Configuration Onboard Devices Configuration Onboard Devices Configuration Onboard Devices Configuration Onboard Devices Configuration JMicron RAID controller [IDE] JMicron RAID controller [IDE] JMicron RAID controller [IDE] JMicron RAID controller [IDE] JMicron RAID controller [IDE] Configuration options: [Disabled] [IDE] [RAID] [AHCI] SATA Controller [Enabled] SATA Controller [Enabled] SATA Controller [Enabled] SATA Controller [Enabled] SATA Controller [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the OnChip SATA. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] SATA Controller Mode [IDE] SATA Controller Mode [IDE] SATA Controller Mode [IDE] SATA Controller Mode [IDE] SATA Controller Mode [IDE] Configuration options: [IDE] [RAID] Ex-SATA/PCI-E*1 Option [Ex-SATA] Ex-SATA/PCI-E*1 Option [Ex-SATA] Ex-SATA/PCI-E*1 Option [Ex-SATA] Ex-SATA/PCI-E*1 Option [Ex-SATA] Ex-SATA/PCI-E*1 Option [Ex-SATA] Configuration options: [Ex-SATA] [PCI-E*1] HDA Controller [Auto] HDA Controller [Auto] HDA Controller [Auto] HDA Controller [Auto] HDA Controller [Auto] Allows you to enable or disable the High-Definition Audio controller. Configuration options: [Auto] [Disabled] Onboard LAN [Enabled] Onboard LAN [Enabled] Onboard LAN [Enabled] Onboard LAN [Enabled] Onboard LAN [Enabled] Enables or disables the onboard LAN controller. Configuration options: [Enabled] [Disabled] Onboard LAN Boot ROM [Disabled] Onboard LAN Boot ROM [Disabled] Onboard LAN Boot ROM [Disabled] Onboard LAN Boot ROM [Disabled] Onboard LAN Boot ROM [Disabled] Enables or disables the onboard LAN boot ROM. Configuration options: [Enabled] [Disabled]
2-26 2-26 2-26 2-26 2-26 Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Allows you to select the Serial Port1 base address. Configuration options: [Disabled] [3F8/IRQ4] [2F8/IRQ3] [3E8/IRQ4] [2E8/IRQ3] [Auto] Parallel Port Address [378/IRQ7] Parallel Port Address [378/IRQ7] Parallel Port Address [378/IRQ7] Parallel Port Address [378/IRQ7] Parallel Port Address [378/IRQ7] Allows you to select the Parallel Port address. Configuration options: [Disabled] [378/IRQ7] [278/IRQ5] [3BC/IRQ7] Parallel Port Mode [Bi-Directional] Parallel Port Mode [Bi-Directional] Parallel Port Mode [Bi-Directional] Parallel Port Mode [Bi-Directional] Parallel Port Mode [Bi-Directional] Allows you to select the Parallel Port mode. Configuration options: [Normal] [EPP] [ECP] [Bi-Directional] The âÂÂECP Mode Use DMAâ item becomes user-configurable when the â Parallel Port Modeâ item is set to [ECP] or [Bi-Directional] ECP Mode Use DMA [3] ECP Mode Use DMA [3] ECP Mode Use DMA [3] ECP Mode Use DMA [3] ECP Mode Use DMA [3] Allows selection of ECP Mode. Configuration options: [1] [3]
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 2-27 2-27 2-27 2-27 2-27 Select Menu Item Specific Help Enable or Disable USB 1.1 and 2.0 Controller Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced USB Configuration USB Contoller [Enabled] USB 2.0 Controller [Enabled] USB Legacy support [Auto] 2.4.5 2.4.5 2.4.5 2.4.5 2.4.5 USB Configuration USB Configuration USB Configuration USB Configuration USB Configuration USB Controller [Enabled] USB Controller [Enabled] USB Controller [Enabled] USB Controller [Enabled] USB Controller [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the onchip USB controller. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] USB 2.0 Controller [Enabled] USB 2.0 Controller [Enabled] USB 2.0 Controller [Enabled] USB 2.0 Controller [Enabled] USB 2.0 Controller [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the USB 2.0 controller. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] USB Legacy Support [Auto] USB Legacy Support [Auto] USB Legacy Support [Auto] USB Legacy Support [Auto] USB Legacy Support [Auto] Allows you to enable or disable support for USB devices on legacy operating systems (OS). Configuration options: [Auto] [Enabled] [Disabled]
2-28 2-28 2-28 2-28 2-28 Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup 2.5 Power menu The Power menu items allow you to change the settings for the Advanced Configuration and Power Interface (ACPI) and the Advanced Power Management (APM). Select an item then press <Enter> to display the configuration options. Select Menu Item Specific Help Select the ACPI state used for System Suspend. F1:Help âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Power Boot Exit ACPI APIC support Enabled APM Configuration Hardware Monitor ACPI Suspend Type [ S1&S3] 2.5.1 2.5.1 2.5.1 2.5.1 2.5.1 ACPI Suspend Type [S1&S3] ACPI Suspend Type [S1&S3] ACPI Suspend Type [S1&S3] ACPI Suspend Type [S1&S3] ACPI Suspend Type [S1&S3] Allows you to select the Advanced Configuration and Power Interface (ACPI) state to be used for system suspend. Configuration options: [S1(POS)] [S3(STR)] [S1&S3] 2.5.2 2.5.2 2.5.2 2.5.2 2.5.2 ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the Advanced Configuration and Power Interface (ACPI) support in the Application-Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). When set to Enabled, the ACPI APIC table pointer is included in the RSDT pointer list. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] 2.5.3 2.5.3 2.5.3 2.5.3 2.5.3 APM Configuration APM Configuration APM Configuration APM Configuration APM Configuration Select Menu Item Specific Help Press [Enter] to select APM Configuration Power Up By PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] Power Up By PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Power Up On PCI/PCIE Devices [Disabled] Power On By External Modem [Disabled] Power On By On-board LAN [Disabled] Power On by RTC Alarm [Disabled] x Date (of Month) Alarm 0 x Alarm Time (hh:mm) 0 : 0 : 0 Restore on AC Power Loss [Power Off] PWR Button < 4 secs [Instant-Off] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Power F1:Help âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 2-29 2-29 2-29 2-29 2-29 Power Up On PCI/PCIE Devices [Disabled] Power Up On PCI/PCIE Devices [Disabled] Power Up On PCI/PCIE Devices [Disabled] Power Up On PCI/PCIE Devices [Disabled] Power Up On PCI/PCIE Devices [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the PME to wake up from S5 by PCI/PsCIE devices & NV Onboard LAN. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Power On By PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] Power On By PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] Power On By PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] Power On By PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] Power On By PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] When set to [Enabled], this parameter allows you to use the PS/2 mouse to turn on the system. This feature requires an ATX power supply that provides at least 1A on the 5VSB lead. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Double Click] Power On By PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Power On By PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Power On By PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Power On By PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Power On By PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Allows you to disable the Power On by PS/2 keyboard function or set specific keys on the PS/2 keyboard to turn on the system. This feature requires an ATX power supply that provides at least 1A on the 5VSB lead. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Space Bar] [Ctrl-ESC] [Power Key] Power On By External Modem [Disabled] Power On By External Modem [Disabled] Power On By External Modem [Disabled] Power On By External Modem [Disabled] Power On By External Modem [Disabled] This allows either settings of [Enabled] or [Disabled] for powering up the computer when the external modem receives a call while the computer is in Soft-off mode. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] The computer cannot receive or transmit data until the computer and applications are fully running. Thus, connection cannot be made on the first try. Turning an external modem off and then back on while the computer is off causes an initialization string that turns the system power on. Power On By On-board LAN [Disabled] Power On By On-board LAN [Disabled] Power On By On-board LAN [Disabled] Power On By On-board LAN [Disabled] Power On By On-board LAN [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the Wake Up On LAN function. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Power On By RTC Alarm [Disabled] Power On By RTC Alarm [Disabled] Power On By RTC Alarm [Disabled] Power On By RTC Alarm [Disabled] Power On By RTC Alarm [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable RTC to generate a wake event. When this item is set to Enabled, the items Date of Month Alarm and Time (hh:mm:ss) Alarm items become user-configurable with set values. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Date of Month Alarm [0] Date of Month Alarm [0] Date of Month Alarm [0] Date of Month Alarm [0] Date of Month Alarm [0] To set the date of alarm, highlight this item and press <Enter> to display the Date of Month Alarm pop-up menu. Key-in a value within the specified range then press <Enter>. Configuration options: [Min=0] [Max=31]
2-30 2-30 2-30 2-30 2-30 Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Alarm Time (hh:mm) Alarm Time (hh:mm) Alarm Time (hh:mm) Alarm Time (hh:mm) Alarm Time (hh:mm) To set the time of alarm: 1. Highlight this item and press <Enter> to display a pop-up menu for the hour field. 2. Key-in a value (Min=0, Max=23), then press <Enter>. 3. Press <TAB> to move to the minutes field then press <Enter>. 4. Key-in a minute value (Min=0, Max=59), then press <Enter>. 5. Press <TAB> to move to the seconds field then press <Enter>. 6. Key-in a value (Min=0, Max=59), then press <Enter>. Restore on AC Power Loss [Power Off] Restore on AC Power Loss [Power Off] Restore on AC Power Loss [Power Off] Restore on AC Power Loss [Power Off] Restore on AC Power Loss [Power Off] Allows you to enable or disable the Restore on AC Power Loss function. Configuration options: [Power Off] [Power On] [Last State] PWR Button < 4 secs [Instant-Off] PWR Button < 4 secs [Instant-Off] PWR Button < 4 secs [Instant-Off] PWR Button < 4 secs [Instant-Off] PWR Button < 4 secs [Instant-Off] Allows you to set the event after the power button is pressed for more than 4 seconds. Configuration options: [Suspend] [Instant-Off]
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 2-31 2-31 2-31 2-31 2-31 2.5.4 2.5.4 2.5.4 2.5.4 2.5.4 Hardware Monitor Hardware Monitor Hardware Monitor Hardware Monitor Hardware Monitor The items in this sub-menu displays the hardware monitor values automatically detected by the BIOS. It also allows you to change CPU Q-Fan feature-related parameters. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the configuration options. Q-Fan Controller [Enabled] Q-Fan Controller [Enabled] Q-Fan Controller [Enabled] Q-Fan Controller [Enabled] Q-Fan Controller [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the Q-Fan controller. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Vcore Voltage, 3.3V Voltage, 5V Voltage, 12V Voltage Vcore Voltage, 3.3V Voltage, 5V Voltage, 12V Voltage Vcore Voltage, 3.3V Voltage, 5V Voltage, 12V Voltage Vcore Voltage, 3.3V Voltage, 5V Voltage, 12V Voltage Vcore Voltage, 3.3V Voltage, 5V Voltage, 12V Voltage The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects the voltage output through the onboard voltage regulators. Configuration options: [xxx] [Ignored] CPU Temperature, M/B Temperature CPU Temperature, M/B Temperature CPU Temperature, M/B Temperature CPU Temperature, M/B Temperature CPU Temperature, M/B Temperature The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects and displays the motherboard and CPU temperatures. These items are not user-configurable. CPU Fan Speed [xxxxRPM] CPU Fan Speed [xxxxRPM] CPU Fan Speed [xxxxRPM] CPU Fan Speed [xxxxRPM] CPU Fan Speed [xxxxRPM] Chassis Fan Speed [xxxxRPM] Chassis Fan Speed [xxxxRPM] Chassis Fan Speed [xxxxRPM] Chassis Fan Speed [xxxxRPM] Chassis Fan Speed [xxxxRPM] The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects and displays the CPU, Chassis, and chip fan speeds in rotations per minute (RPM). If any of the fans is not connected to the motherboard, the field shows 0. These items are not user-configurable. CPU Fan Speed warning [800 RPM] CPU Fan Speed warning [800 RPM] CPU Fan Speed warning [800 RPM] CPU Fan Speed warning [800 RPM] CPU Fan Speed warning [800 RPM] Sets the CPU fan speed warning feature. Configuration options: [Disabled] [800RPM] [1200RPM] [1600RPM] F1:Help âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Press [Enter] to enable or disable Hardware Monitor Q-Fan Controller [ Enabled] Vcore Voltage [1.56V] 3.3V Voltage [3.30V] 5V Voltage [5.05V] 12V Voltage [11.58V] CPU Temperature 48úC M/B Temperature 41úC CPU Fan Speed 3068 RPM Chassis Fan Speed 0 RPM CPU Fan Speed warning [800 RPM] Start Up Temperature(úC) [50] Full Speed Temperature(úC) [70] Start Up PWM [60] Slope PWM [4 PWM/úC] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Power
2-32 2-32 2-32 2-32 2-32 Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Start Up Temperature(úC) [50] Start Up Temperature(úC) [50] Start Up Temperature(úC) [50] Start Up Temperature(úC) [50] Start Up Temperature(úC) [50] Fan will start up when the temperature is over the set value. Configuration options: [Min=0] [Max=100] Full Speed Temperature(úC) [70] Full Speed Temperature(úC) [70] Full Speed Temperature(úC) [70] Full Speed Temperature(úC) [70] Full Speed Temperature(úC) [70] Fan will run at full speed when the temperature is over the set value. Configuration options: [Min=0] [Max=100] Start Up PWM [60] Start Up PWM [60] Start Up PWM [60] Start Up PWM [60] Start Up PWM [60] Sets the PWM value when the fan starts up. Configuration options: [Min=0] [Max=127] Slope PWM [4 PWM/úC] Slope PWM [4 PWM/úC] Slope PWM [4 PWM/úC] Slope PWM [4 PWM/úC] Slope PWM [4 PWM/úC] Sets the PWM value when the temperature increases one value. Configuration options: [0 PWM/úC] [1 PWM/úC] [2 PWM/úC] [4 PWM/úC] [8 PWM/úC] [16 PWM/úC] [32 PWM/úC] [64 PWM/úC]
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 2-33 2-33 2-33 2-33 2-33 1st ~ 4th Boot Device [Removable] 1st ~ 4th Boot Device [Removable] 1st ~ 4th Boot Device [Removable] 1st ~ 4th Boot Device [Removable] 1st ~ 4th Boot Device [Removable] These items specify the boot device priority sequence from the available devices. The number of device items that appears on the screen depends on the number of devices installed in the system. Configuration options: [Removable] [Hard Disk] [CDROM] [Legacy LAN] [Disabled] 2.6 Boot menu The Boot menu items allow you to change the system boot options. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the sub-menu. Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Power Boot Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Press [Enter] to Set. Boot Device Priority Removable Drives Hard Disk Drives Boot Settings Configuration Security F1:Help âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit 2.6.1 2.6.1 2.6.1 2.6.1 2.6.1 Boot Device Priority Boot Device Priority Boot Device Priority Boot Device Priority Boot Device Priority Select Menu Item Specific Help Select Your Boot Device Priority Boot Device Priority 1st Boot Device [Removable] 2nd Boot Device [Hard Disk] 3rd Boot Device [CDROM] 4th Boot Device [Disabled] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Power 2.6.2 2.6.2 2.6.2 2.6.2 2.6.2 Removable Drives Removable Drives Removable Drives Removable Drives Removable Drives 1. Floppy Disks 1. Floppy Disks 1. Floppy Disks 1. Floppy Disks 1. Floppy Disks Allows you to assign a removable drive attached to the system. Select Menu Item Specific Help Removable Drives 1. Floppy Disks Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Boot
2-34 2-34 2-34 2-34 2-34 Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Case Open Warning [Enabled] Case Open Warning [Enabled] Case Open Warning [Enabled] Case Open Warning [Enabled] Case Open Warning [Enabled] Enables or disables the chassis open status feature. Setting to Enabled, clears the chassis open status. Refer to section âÂÂ1.10.2 Internal connectorsâ for setting details. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Quick Boot [Enabled] Quick Boot [Enabled] Quick Boot [Enabled] Quick Boot [Enabled] Quick Boot [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the system quick boot feature. When Enabled, the system skips certain tests while booting. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Boot Up Floppy Seek [Disabled] Boot Up Floppy Seek [Disabled] Boot Up Floppy Seek [Disabled] Boot Up Floppy Seek [Disabled] Boot Up Floppy Seek [Disabled] Enables or disables the chassis open status feature. Setting to Enabled, clears the chassis open status. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] 1. Bootable Add-in Cards 1. Bootable Add-in Cards 1. Bootable Add-in Cards 1. Bootable Add-in Cards 1. Bootable Add-in Cards Allows you to assign bootable add-in cards attached to the system. 2.6.4 2.6.4 2.6.4 2.6.4 2.6.4 Boot Settings Configuration Boot Settings Configuration Boot Settings Configuration Boot Settings Configuration Boot Settings Configuration F1:Help âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Press [Enter] to enable or disable. Boot Settings Configuration Case Open Warning [ Enabled] Quick Boot [Enabled] Boot Up Floppy Seek [Disabled] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Typematic Rate Setting [Disabled] x Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) 6 x Typematic Delay (Msec) 250 OS Select For DRAM > 64MB [Non-OS2] Full Screen LOGO [Enabled] Halt On [All, But keyboard] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Boot 2.6.3 2.6.3 2.6.3 2.6.3 2.6.3 Hard Disk Drives Hard Disk Drives Hard Disk Drives Hard Disk Drives Hard Disk Drives Select Menu Item Specific Help Hard Disk Drives 1. Bootable Add-in Cards Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Boot
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 2-35 2-35 2-35 2-35 2-35 Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) [6] Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) [6] Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) [6] Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) [6] Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) [6] Allows you to select the rate at which a character repeats when you hold a key. Configuration options: [6] [8] [10] [12] [15] [20] [24] [30] Typematic Delay (Msec) [250] Typematic Delay (Msec) [250] Typematic Delay (Msec) [250] Typematic Delay (Msec) [250] Typematic Delay (Msec) [250] Allows you to set the delay before keystrokes begin to repeat. Configuration options: [250] [500] [750] [1000] OS Select for DRAM > 64MB [Non-OS2] OS Select for DRAM > 64MB [Non-OS2] OS Select for DRAM > 64MB [Non-OS2] OS Select for DRAM > 64MB [Non-OS2] OS Select for DRAM > 64MB [Non-OS2] Set this item to OS2 only when you are running on an OS/2 operating system with an installed RAM of greater than 64 KB. Configuration options: [Non-OS2] [OS2] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Allows you to select the power-on state for the NumLock. Configuration options: [Off] [On] Typematic Rate Setting [Disabled] Typematic Rate Setting [Disabled] Typematic Rate Setting [Disabled] Typematic Rate Setting [Disabled] Typematic Rate Setting [Disabled] Allows you to set the keystroke rate. Enable this item to configure the Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) and the Typematic Delay (Msec) Typematic Delay (Msec) Typematic Delay (Msec) Typematic Delay (Msec) Typematic Delay (Msec) . Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] The items Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) and Typematic Delay Typematic Delay Typematic Delay Typematic Delay Typematic Delay (Msec) (Msec) (Msec) (Msec) (Msec) become user-configurable only when the item Typematic Rate Setting is enabled. Full Screen LOGO [Enabled] Full Screen LOGO [Enabled] Full Screen LOGO [Enabled] Full Screen LOGO [Enabled] Full Screen LOGO [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the full screen logo display feature. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Make sure that the above item is set to [Enabled] if you want to use the ASUS MyLogo⢠feature. Halt On [All, But Keyboard] Halt On [All, But Keyboard] Halt On [All, But Keyboard] Halt On [All, But Keyboard] Halt On [All, But Keyboard] Allows you to error report type. Configuration options: [All Errors] [No Errors] [All, But Keyboard] [All, But Diskette] [All, But Disk/Key]
2-36 2-36 2-36 2-36 2-36 Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup 2. Press any key to continue. The password field setting is changed to Clear. A note about passwords A note about passwords A note about passwords A note about passwords A note about passwords The Supervisor password is required to enter the BIOS Setup program preventing unauthorized access. The User password is required to boot the system preventing unauthorized use. Forgot your password? Forgot your password? Forgot your password? Forgot your password? Forgot your password? If you forget your password, you can clear it by erasing the CMOS Real Time Clock (RTC) RAM. The RAM data containing the password information is powered by the onboard button cell battery. If you need to erase the CMOS RAM, refer to section âÂÂ1.9 Jumpersâ for instructions. 2.6.5 2.6.5 2.6.5 2.6.5 2.6.5 Security Security Security Security Security Select Menu Item Specific Help Boot Settings Configuration Supervisor Password Clear User Password Clear Password Check [Setup] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Boot PASSWORD DISABLED !!! Press any key to continue... Supervisor Password Supervisor Password Supervisor Password Supervisor Password Supervisor Password User Password User Password User Password User Password User Password These fields allow you to set passwords: To set a password: 1. Select an item then press <Enter>. 2. Type in a password using a combination of a maximum of eight (8) alpha-numeric characters, then press <Enter>. 3. When prompted, confirm the password by typing the exact characters again, then press <Enter>. The password field setting is changed to Set. To clear the password: 1. Select the password field and press <Enter> twice. The following message appears:
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 2-37 2-37 2-37 2-37 2-37 Password Check Password Check Password Check Password Check Password Check This field requires you to enter the password before entering the BIOS setup or the system. Select [Setup] to require the password before entering the BIOS Setup. Select [System] to require the password before entering the system. Configuration options: [Setup] [System]
2-38 2-38 2-38 2-38 2-38 Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Power Boot Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help This option save data to CMOS and exiting the setup menu. Exit & Save Changes Exit & Discard Changes Load Setup Default Discard Changes F1:Help âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit 2.7 Exit menu The Exit menu items allow you to load the optimal or failsafe default values for the BIOS items, and save or discard your changes to the BIOS items. Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Once you are finished making your selections, choose this option from the Exit menu to ensure the values you selected are saved to the CMOS RAM. An onboard backup battery sustains the CMOS RAM so it stays on even when the PC is turned off. When you select this option, a confirmation window appears. Select YES YES YES YES Y E S to save changes and exit. Pressing <Esc> does not immediately exit this menu. Select one of the options from this menu or <F10> from the legend bar to exit. Exit & Discard Changes Exit & Discard Changes Exit & Discard Changes Exit & Discard Changes Exit & Discard Changes Select this option only if you do not want to save the changes that you made to the Setup program. If you made changes to fields other than System Date, System Time, and Password, the BIOS asks for a confirmation before exiting. If you attempt to exit the Setup program without saving your changes, the program prompts you with a message asking if you want to save your changes before exiting. Press <Enter> to save the changes while exiting.
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 2-39 2-39 2-39 2-39 2-39 Load Setup Defaults Load Setup Defaults Load Setup Defaults Load Setup Defaults Load Setup Defaults This option allows you to load the default values for each of the parameters on the Setup menus. When you select this option or if you press <F5>, a confirmation window appears. Select YES YES YES YES Y E S to load default values. Select Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes o r make other changes before saving the values to the non-volatile RAM. Discard Changes Discard Changes Discard Changes Discard Changes Discard Changes This option allows you to discard the selections you made and restore the previously saved values. After selecting this option, a confirmation appears. Select YES YES YES YES Y E S to discard any changes and load the previously saved values.
2-40 2-40 2-40 2-40 2-40 Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 3-1 3 Software support This chapter describes the contents of the support CD that comes with the motherboard package.
3-2 Chapter 3: Software support If Autorun is NOT enabled in your computer, browse the contents of the support CD to locate the îÂÂle ASSETUP.EXE from the BIN folder. Double- click the ASSETUP.EXE to run the CD. Click an item to install 3.1 Installing an operating system This motherboard supports Windows î 2000/XP/2003 Server operating systems (OS). Always install the latest OS version and corresponding updates to maximize the features of your hardware. 3.2 Support CD information The support CD that came with the motherboard package contains the drivers, software applications, and utilities that you can install to avail all motherboard features. 3.2.1 Running the support CD Place the support CD to the optical drive. The CD automatically displays the Drivers menu if Autorun is enabled in your computer. ⢠Motherboard settings and hardware options vary. Use the setup procedures presented in this chapter for reference only. Refer to your OS documentation for detailed information. ⢠Make sure that you install Windows î 2000 Service Pack 4 or the Windows î XP Service Pack 1 or later versions before installing the drivers for better compatibility and system stability. The contents of the support CD are subject to change at any time without notice. Visit the ASUS website(www.asus.com) for updates. Click an icon to display support CD/ motherboard information
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 3-3 3.2.2 Drivers menu The drivers menu shows the available device drivers if the system detects installed devices. Install the necessary drivers to activate the devices. VIA 4 in 1 Drivers Installs the VIA 4 in 1 Drivers. VIA/S3G UniChrome Family Display Driver Installs the VIA/S3G UniChrome Family Display Driver. The VIA/S3G UniChrome Family Display Driver item appears only when you use onboard VGA. SoundMAX î ADI1986A Audio Driver Executes the wizard to install the SoundMAX î ADI1986A audio driver and application. JMicron JMB36X RAID Controller Driver Installs the JMB36X RAID Driver and the utility. Realtek î RTL8187 Wireless Ethernet Driver Installs the Realtek î RTL8187 Wireless Ethernet driver for the optional wireless LAN module. VIA Ethernet Driver Installs the VIA Ethernet Driver. USB 2.0 Driver Installs the USB 2.0 driver.
3-4 Chapter 3: Software support 3.2.3 Utilities menu The Utilities menu shows the applications and other software that the motherboard supports. ASUS PC Probe II This smart utility monitors the fan speed, CPU temperature, and system voltages, and alerts you of any detected problems. This utility helps you keep your computer in healthy operating condition. ASUS Update The ASUS Update utility allows you to update the motherboard BIOS in a Windows î environment. This utility requires an Internet connection either through a network or an Internet Service Provider (ISP). See page 2-8 for details. ASUS Screen Saver Bring life to your computer screen by installing the ASUS Screen Saver. ASUS DH Remote (For P5V-VM DH only) Adobe î Reader V7.0 Installs the Adobe î Acrobat î Reader V7.0 that allows you to open, view, and print documents in Portable Document Formant (PDF). Microsoft DirectX 9.0c Installs the Microsoft î DirectX 9.0c driver. Anti-Virus Utility The anti-virus application scans, identiîÂÂes, and removes computer viruses. View the online help for detailed information. WiFi-AP Solo (For P5V-VM DH only)
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 3-5 3.2.4 Make Disk menu The Make Disk menu allows you to make a RAID driver disk. Make VIA VT8237 RAID Driver Disk Allows you to create a VIA VT8237 RAID driver disk.0 Make JMicron JMB36X 32/64 bit RAID Driver Allows you to create a JMicron JMB36X RAID driver disk for a 32/64-bit system. 3.2.5 Manuals menu The Manuals menu contains a list of supplementary user manuals. Click an item to open the folder of the user manual. Most user manual îÂÂles are in Portable Document Format (PDF). Install the Adobe î Acrobat î Reader from the Utilities menu before opening a user manual îÂÂle.
3-6 Chapter 3: Software support 3.2.6 ASUS Contact information Click the Contact tab to display the ASUS contact information. You can also îÂÂnd this information on the inside front cover of this user guide. VIA VT8237 RAID UserâÂÂs Manual Allows you to open the VIA VT8237 RAID userâÂÂs manual. JMicron RAID AP Utility User Manual Allows you to open the JMicron RAID AP userâÂÂs manual. JMicron RAID BIOS User Manual Allows you to open the JMicron RAID BIOS userâÂÂs manual. RTL8187 Wireless LAN UserâÂÂs Manual Allows you to open the RTL8187 Wireless LAN userâÂÂs manual. Intel LGA775 CPU install UserâÂÂs Manual Allows you to open the Intel î LGA775 CPU installation guide.
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 3-7 3.3î RAIDîÂÂconî¿gurations The motherboard supports the following RAID conîÂÂgurations. RAID 0 (Data striping) optimizes two identical hard disk drives to read and write data in parallel, interleaved stacks. Two hard disks perform the same work as a single drive but at a sustained data transfer rate, double that of a single disk alone, thus improving data access and storage. Use of two new identical hard disk drives is required for this setup. RAID 1 (Data mirroring) copies and maintains an identical image of data from one drive to a second drive. If one drive fails, the disk array management software directs all applications to the surviving drive as it contains a complete copy of the data in the other drive. This RAID conîÂÂguration provides data protection and increases fault tolerance to the entire system. Use two new drives or use an existing drive and a new drive for this setup. The new drive must be of the same size or larger than the existing drive. JBOD (Spanning) stands for Just a Bunch of Disks and refers to hard disk drives that are not yet conîÂÂgured as a RAID set. This conîÂÂguration stores the same data redundantly on multiple disks that appear as a single disk on the operating system. Spanning does not deliver any advantage over using separate disks independently and does not provide fault tolerance or other RAID performance beneîÂÂts.
3-8 Chapter 3: Software support 3.3.1 Installing hard disks The motherboard supports RAID function on Serial ATA hard disk drives. For optimal performance, install identical drives of the same model and capacity when creating a disk array. Installing Serial ATA (SATA) hard disks To install the SATA hard disks for a RAID conîÂÂguration: 1. Install the SATA hard disks into the drive bays. 2. Connect the SATA signal cables. 3. Connect a SATA power cable to the power connector on each drive. If you want to boot the system from a hard disk drive included in a RAID set, copy îÂÂrst the RAID driver from the support CD to a îÂÂoppy disk before you install an operating system to a selected hard disk drive. Refer to section âÂÂ3.4 Creating a RAID driver diskâ for details. Refer to the RAID controllers user manual in the motherboard support CD for detailed information on RAID conîÂÂgurations. See section âÂÂ3.2.5 Manuals menuâÂÂ. Entering VIA Tech RAID BIOS Utility 1. Boot-up your computer. 2. During POST, press <Tab> to enter VIA RAID conîÂÂguration utility. The following menu options will appear. The RAID BIOS information on the setup screen shown below is for reference only. What you see on your screen may not exactly match what is shown here.
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 3-9 Create Array From the VIA RAID BIOS utility main menu, select Create Array then press <Enter>. The main menu items on the upper-left corner of the screen are replaced with create array menu options. RAID 0 for performance 1. From the create array menu, select Array Mode, then press <Enter>. The supported RAID conîÂÂgurations appear on a pop-up menu. 2. Select RAID 0 for performance then press <Enter>. From this point, you may choose to auto-conîÂÂgure the RAID array by selecting Auto Setup for Performance or manually conîÂÂgure the RAID array for stripped sets. If you want to auto-conîÂÂgure, proceed to the next step, otherwise, skip to step 5. 3. Select Auto Setup for Performance and press <Enter>. The following conîÂÂrmation message appears. Auto create array will destroy all data on disks, Continue? (Y/N) Auto Setup For Data Security Array Mode RAID 1 (Mirroring) Select Disk Drives Start Create Process VIA Tech. VT8251 Series SATA RAID BIOS Ver 1.xx Create a RAID array with the hard disks attached to VIA RAID controller F1 : View Array/Disk Status â , â : Move to next item Enterî :îÂÂConî¿rmîÂÂtheîÂÂselection ESC : Exit Channel Drive Name Array Name Mode Size(GB) Status Serial_Ch0 Master XXXXXXXXXXX ARRAY 0 SATA 999.99 XXXXXXX Serial_Ch1 Master XXXXXXXXXXX ARRAY 0 SATA 999.99 XXXXXXX RAID 1 for data protection RAID SPAN for capacity RAID 0 for performance
3-10 Chapter 3: Software support Use arrow keys to move selection bar on items and press <Enter> to select. 7. Select Start Create Process and press <Enter> to set up hard disk for RAID system. The following conîÂÂrmation message appears: 8. Press <Y> to conîÂÂrm or <N> to return to the conîÂÂguration options. 9. Press <Esc> to go back to main menu. RAID 1 for data protection 1. From the create array menu, select Array Mode, then press <Enter>. The supported RAID conîÂÂgurations appear on a pop-up menu. The data on the selected disks will be destroyed. Continue? (Y/N) 4K 8K 16K 32K 64K RAID 0 for performance RAID 1 for data protection RAID 0/1 RAID SPAN for capacity RAID 1 for data protection TIP: For server systems, use of a lower array block size is recommended. For multimedia computer systems used mainly for audio and video editing, a higher array block size is recommended for optimum performance. 4. Press <Y> to conîÂÂrm or <N> to return to the conîÂÂguration options. If you selected <Y>, proceed to step 9. 5. Select Select Disk Drives, then press <Enter>. Use arrow keys to select disk drive, then press <Enter> to mark selected drive. An asterisk appears before a selected drive. 6. Select Block Size, then press <Enter> to set array block size. A list of valid array block sizes are displayed on a pop-up menu. 2. Select RAID 1 for data protection then press <Enter>.
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 3-11 8. If you select <Y> the utility will duplicate your data. Press <Y> anytime if you want to exit the duplication process. 3. From this point, you can auto-conîÂÂgure the RAID array by selecting Auto Setup for Data Security or manually conîÂÂgure the RAID array for mirrored sets. If you want to auto-conîÂÂgure, proceed to the next step, otherwise, skip to step 6. 4. Select Auto Setup for Data Security and press <Enter>. The following conîÂÂrmation message appears. The data on the selected disks will be destroyed. Continue? (Y/N) 10. Press <Y> to conîÂÂrm or <N> to return to the conîÂÂguration options. 11. Press <Esc> to go back to main menu. Auto create array will destroy all data on disks, Continue? (Y/N) 5. Press <Y> to conîÂÂrm or <N> to return to the conîÂÂguration options. If you selected <Y>, proceed to step 11. 6. Select Select Disk Drives, then press <Enter>. Use arrow keys to select disk drive/s, then press <Enter>. An asterisk appears before a selected drive. 7. Select Start Create Process and press <Enter> to setup hard disk for RAID system. The following inquiry appears: Save the data on source disk to mirror after creation? (Y/N) Duplicating... RAID 1 for data protection Press Yes(Y) to Escape 9. If you select <N>, the following conîÂÂrmation message appears.
3-12 Chapter 3: Software support 3.3.2 JMicron î RAID ConîÂÂguration The JMicron î Serial ATA controller allows you to conîÂÂgure RAID 0 and RAID 1 sets on the external Serial ATA hard disk drives. Before creating a RAID set Prepare the following items: 1. Two HDDs, preferably with the same model and capacity. 2. A write-enabled îÂÂoppy disk 3. Microsoft î Windows î OS installation disk (Windows 2000/XP/2003) 4. Motherboard support CD with JMB363 driver Complete the following steps before you create a RAID set: 1. Install the external Serial ATA hard disk drives (HDDs) on your system. 2. Set the JMicron RAID Controller item in the BIOS to [RAID]. See section âÂÂ2.4.4 Onboard Devices ConîÂÂgurationâ for details. 3. Enter the JMB363 RAID BIOS utility to set up your RAID conîÂÂguration. 4. Create a JMB363 RAID driver disk for Windows î OS installation. See section âÂÂ3.4 Creating a RAID driver diskâ for details. 5. Install the JMB363 driver after the Windows î OS had been installed. F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu ItemîÂÂSpeciî¿cîÂÂHelp Press [Enter] to set OnboardîÂÂDevicesîÂÂConî¿guration JMicron RAID controller [ IDE] SATA Controller [Enabled] SATA Controller Mode [IDE] Ex-SATA/PCI-E*1 Option [Ex-SATA] HDA Controller [Auto] Onboard LAN [Enabled] Onboard LAN Boot ROM [Disabled] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Parallel Port Address [378/IRQ7] Parallel Port Mode [Bi-Directional] ECP Mode Use DMA [3] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 3-13 Entering the JMB363 RAID BIOS utility 1. During POST, press <Ctrl-J> to enter the JBM363 RAID BIOS menu. 2. The main JMB363 RAID BIOS menu appears. 3. Use the arrow keys to move the color bar and navigate through the items. Creating a RAID set 1. In the main JMB363 RAID BIOS menu, highlight Create RAID Disk Drive using the up/down arrow key then press <Enter>. J M i cr on T e ch n o l o gy C o rp . P C I - t o- SA T A I I / ID E R A I D C o n tr ol l e r B I OS v 0 .9 7 Co py ri gh t ( C) 20 04 -2 00 5 J Mi cr on Te ch no lo gy htt p: // ww w. j mi cr on .c om HDD0 : HDS722516VLSA80 164 GB Non-RAID HDD1 : HDS722516DLA380 164 GB Non-RAID Press <Ctrl-J> to enter RAID Setup Utility... [Main Menu] Create RAID Disk Drive Delete RAID Disk Drive Revert HDD to Non-RAID RepairîÂÂMirrorîÂÂConîÂÂict Save and Exit Setup Exit Without Saving J M i cr on T e ch n o l o gy C o rp . P C I - t o- SA T A I I / ID E R A I D C o n tr ol l e r B I OS v 0 .9 7 [ TAB]-Switch Window [ âÂÂâÂÂ]-Select Item [ENTER]-Action [ESC]-Exit [Hard Disk Drive List] Model Name Capacity Type/Status HDD0: HDS722516VLSA80 164 GB Non-RAID HDD1: HDS722516DLA380 164 GB Non-RAID [RAID Disk Drive List] [Main Menu] Create RAID Disk Drive Delete RAID Disk Drive Revert HDD to Non-RAID RepairîÂÂMirrorîÂÂConîÂÂict Save and Exit Setup Exit Without Saving
3-14 Chapter 3: Software support 2. When the Level item is highlighted, use the up/down arrow key to select the RAID set that you want to create. 3. When the Disks item is highlighted, use the up/down arrow key to highlight an HDD that you want to belong to the RAID set, then press the space bar to conîÂÂrm selection. Repeat the process until the HDDs are selected. A selected HDD shows a sign before it. 4. Key in the RAID volume capacity. Use the up/down arrow to choose the block size. The default value indicates the maximum allowed [Create New RAID] Name : JRAID Level: 0-Stripe Disks: Select Disk Block: 128 KB Size : 319 GB îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂConî¿rmîÂÂCreation [Create New RAID] Name : JRAID Level: 1-Mirror Disks: Select Disk Block: N/A Size : 159 GB îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂConî¿rmîÂÂCreation [Hard Disk Drive List] Model Name Capacity Type/Status HDD0: HDS722516VLSA80 XXX GB Non-RAID HDD1: HDS722516DLA380 XXX GB Non-RAID [Create New RAID] Name : JRAID Level: 0-Stripe Disks: Select Disk Block: 128 KB Size : 319 GB îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂConî¿rmîÂÂCreation
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 3-15 5. When done, press <Enter> to conîÂÂrm the creation of the RAID set. A dialogue box appears to conîÂÂrm the action. Press <Y> to conîÂÂrm; otherwise, press <N>. Pressing <Y> deletes all the data in the HDDs. 6. The following screen appears, displaying the relevant information about the RAID set you created. [RAID Disk Drive List] M o d el N a m e RA ID L e v e l Ca pa c i t y S t a t us Me m b e r s (H D D x) RDD0: JRAID 0-Stripe XXX GB Normal 01 J M i cr on T e ch n o l o gy C o rp . P C I - t o- SA T A I I / ID E R A I D C o n tr ol l e r B I OS v 0 .9 7 [Hard Disk Drive List] Mo de l N am e Ca pa ci t y Ty pe /S ta tu s HDD0: HDS722516VLSA80 164 GB Non-RAID HDD1: HDS722516DLA380 164 GB Non-RAID [RAID Disk Drive List] [Create New RAID] Name: JRAID Level: 0-Stripe Disks: Select Disk Block: 128 KB Size : 319 GB îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂConî¿rmîÂÂCreation Create RAID on the selected HDD (Y/N)? Y [ TAB]-Switch Window [ âÂÂâÂÂ]-Select Item [ENTER]-Action [ESC]-Exit
3-16 Chapter 3: Software support Deleting a RAID set 1. In the main JMB363 RAID BIOS menu, highlight Delete RAID Disk Drive using the up/down arrow key then press <Enter>. 2. Use the space bar to select the RAID set you want to delete. A selected set shows a sign before it. Press the <Del> key to delete the set. 3. A dialogue box appears to conîÂÂrm the action. Press <Y> to conîÂÂrm; otherwise, press <N>. Pressing <Y> deletes all the data in the HDDs. [Main Menu] Create RAID Disk Drive Delete RAID Disk Drive Revert HDD to Non-RAID RepairîÂÂMirrorîÂÂConîÂÂict Save and Exit Setup Exit Without Saving J M i cr on T e ch n o l o gy C o rp . P C I - t o- SA T A I I / ID E R A I D C o n tr ol l e r B I OS v 0 .9 7 [Hard Disk Drive List] Mo de l N am e Ca pa ci t y Ty pe /S ta tu s HDD0: HDS722516VLSA80 164 GB RAID Inside HDD1: HDS722516DLA380 164 GB RAID Inside [RAID Disk Drive List] M o d e l N am e RA I D L e v e l C a p a c i t y S t at us M e m b e r s ( H D D x) R D D0 : JRAID 0-Stripe XXX GB Normal 01 [Main Menu] Create RAID Disk Drive Delete RAID Disk Drive Revert HDD to Non-RAID RepairîÂÂMirrorîÂÂConîÂÂict Save and Exit Setup Exit Without Saving ALL DATA ON THE RAID WILL BE LOST!! ARE YOU SURE TO DELETE (Y/N)? Y [ TAB]-Switch Window [ âÂÂâÂÂ]-Select Item [ENTER]-Action [ESC]-Exit Resetting disks to non-RAID To reset disks to non-RAID: 1. In the main JMB363 RAID BIOS menu, highlight Revert HDD to non-RAID using the up/down arrow key then press <Enter>. 2. Use the space bar to select the HDD that you want to reset to non-RAID. A selected HDD shows a sign before it. 3. A dialogue box appears to conîÂÂrm the action. Press <Y> to conîÂÂrm; otherwise, press <N>. [Main Menu] Create RAID Disk Drive Delete RAID Disk Drive Revert HDD to Non-RAID RepairîÂÂMirrorîÂÂConîÂÂict Save and Exit Setup Exit Without Saving Pressing <Y> deletes all the data in the HDD. An HDD that has been previously conîÂÂgured as part of another RAID set in another platform is called a broken RAID HDD. When you install a broken RAID HDD, you cannot select this HDD when conîÂÂguring a RAID set through the JMB363 utility.
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 3-17 Deleting a RAID set 1. In the main JMB363 RAID BIOS menu, highlight Delete RAID Disk Drive using the up/down arrow key then press <Enter>. 2. Use the space bar to select the RAID set you want to delete. A selected set shows a sign before it. Press the <Del> key to delete the set. 3. A dialogue box appears to conîÂÂrm the action. Press <Y> to conîÂÂrm; otherwise, press <N>. Pressing <Y> deletes all the data in the HDDs. [Main Menu] Create RAID Disk Drive Delete RAID Disk Drive Revert HDD to Non-RAID RepairîÂÂMirrorîÂÂConîÂÂict Save and Exit Setup Exit Without Saving J M i cr on T e c h n o lo gy C o rp . P C I - to -S A T A I I /I DE R A I D C o n tr ol l e r B I OS v 0 .9 7 [Hard Disk Drive List] Mo de l N am e Ca pa ci t y Ty pe /S ta tu s HDD0: HDS722516VLSA80 164 GB RAID Inside HDD1: HDS722516DLA380 164 GB RAID Inside [RAID Disk Drive List] M o d e l N am e RA I D L e v e l C a p a c i t y S t at us M e m b e r s ( H D D x) R D D0 : JRAID 0-Stripe XXX GB Normal 01 [Main Menu] Create RAID Disk Drive Delete RAID Disk Drive Revert HDD to Non-RAID RepairîÂÂMirrorîÂÂConîÂÂict Save and Exit Setup Exit Without Saving ALL DATA ON THE RAID WILL BE LOST!! ARE YOU SURE TO DELETE (Y/N)? Y [ TAB]-Switch Window [ âÂÂâÂÂ]-Select Item [ENTER]-Action [ESC]-Exit Resetting disks to non-RAID To reset disks to non-RAID: 1. In the main JMB363 RAID BIOS menu, highlight Revert HDD to non-RAID using the up/down arrow key then press <Enter>. 2. Use the space bar to select the HDD that you want to reset to non-RAID. A selected HDD shows a sign before it. 3. A dialogue box appears to conîÂÂrm the action. Press <Y> to conîÂÂrm; otherwise, press <N>. [Main Menu] Create RAID Disk Drive Delete RAID Disk Drive Revert HDD to Non-RAID RepairîÂÂMirrorîÂÂConîÂÂict Save and Exit Setup Exit Without Saving Pressing <Y> deletes all the data in the HDD. An HDD that has been previously conîÂÂgured as part of another RAID set in another platform is called a broken RAID HDD. When you install a broken RAID HDD, you cannot select this HDD when conîÂÂguring a RAID set through the JMB363 utility.
3-18 Chapter 3: Software support Repairing a Mirror conîÂÂict A Mirror conîÂÂict occurs when one or both disks in a RAID 1 (Mirror) conîÂÂguration are unplugged from the system, then plugged in again. Since both disks contain exactly the same data, the system will be unable to determine which of the two is the source drive. This option allows you to set the source drive and rebuild the Mirror drive according to the contents of the source drive. To repair a Mirror conîÂÂict: 1. In the main JMB363 RAID BIOS menu, highlight Repair Mirror ConîÂÂict using the up/down arrow key then press <Enter>. 2. Use the space bar to select the HDD that you want to set as source drive. The selected HDD shows a sign before it. 3. Using the <TAB>, move to the RAID Disk Drive List menu and highlight the RAID set that you want to rebuild. Press <Del> to begin rebuilding the Mirror conîÂÂguration. [Main Menu] Create RAID Disk Drive Delete RAID Disk Drive Revert HDD to Non-RAID RepairîÂÂMirrorîÂÂConîÂÂict Save and Exit Setup Exit Without Saving J M i cr on T e ch n o l o gy C o rp . P C I - t o- SA T A I I / ID E R A I D C o n tr ol l e r B I OS v 0 .9 7 [Hard Disk Drive List] Mo de l N am e Ca pa ci t y Ty pe /S ta tu s HDD0: HDS722516VLSA80 164 GB RAID Inside HDD1: HDS722516DLA380 164 GB RAID Inside [RAID Disk Drive List] M o d e l N am e RA I D L e v e l C a p a c i t y S t at us M e m b e r s ( H D D x) RDD0: JRAID 1-Mirror XXX GB Rebuild 01 [Main Menu] Create RAID Disk Drive Delete RAID Disk Drive Revert HDD to Non-RAID RepairîÂÂMirrorîÂÂConîÂÂict Save and Exit Setup Exit Without Saving Rebuilding... 01%, please wait...
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 3-19 Saving the settings and exiting setup When you have îÂÂnished, highlight Save & Exit Setup using the up/down arrow key then press <Enter> to save the current RAID conîÂÂguration and exit the JMB363 RAID BOS utility. A dialogue box appears to conîÂÂrm the action. Press <Y> to conîÂÂrm; otherwise, press <N> to return to the JMB RAID BIOS menu.
3-20 Chapter 3: Software support 3.4 Creating a RAID driver disk A îÂÂoppy disk with the RAID driver is required when installing Windows î 2000/XP operating system on a hard disk drive that is included in a RAID set. To create a RAID driver disk: 1. Place the motherboard support CD into the CD-ROM drive. 2. When the Drivers menu appears, click Make VIA VT8251 32/64bit RAID Driver Disk to create a VIA RAID driver disk Or Browse the contents of the support CD to locate the driver disk utility and go to \Drivers\Chipset\EIA 4 in 1\Disk for the VIA RAID driver disk utility 3 Insert îÂÂoppy disk to îÂÂoppy disk drive. 5. Follow succeeding screen information to complete process. 6. Write-protect the îÂÂoppy disk to avoid computer virus infection. To install the RAID driver: 1. During the OS installation, the system prompts you to press the F6 key to install third-party SCSI or RAID driver. 2. Press <F6> then insert the îÂÂoppy disk with RAID driver into the îÂÂoppy disk drive. 3. Follow the succeeding screen instructions to complete the installation. Refer to section âÂÂ3.2.2 Drivers menuâ for details.
ii ii ii ii ii Copyright é 2006 ASUST eK COMPUTER INC. All Rights Reserved. No part of this manual, including the products and software described in it, may be reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system, or translated into any language in any form or by any means, except documentation kept by the purchaser for backup purposes, without the express written permission of ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. (âÂÂASUSâÂÂ). Product warranty or service will not be extended if: (1) the product is repaired, modified or altered, unless such repair , modification of alteration is authorized in writing by ASUS; or (2) the serial number of the product is defaced or missing. ASUS PROVIDES THIS MANUAL âÂÂAS ISâ WITHOUT W ARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED W ARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANT ABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A P ARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL ASUS, ITS DIRECT ORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT , SPECIAL, INCIDENT AL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF PROFITS, LOSS OF BUSINESS, LOSS OF USE OR DA T A, INTERRUPTION OF BUSINESS AND THE LIKE), EVEN IF ASUS HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES ARISING FROM ANY DEFECT OR ERROR IN THIS MANUAL OR PRODUCT . SPECIFICA TIONS AND INFORMA TION CONT AINED IN THIS MANUAL ARE FURNISHED FOR INFORMA TIONAL USE ONL Y , AND ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE A T ANY TIME WITHOUT NOTICE, AND SHOULD NOT BE CONSTRUED AS A COMMITMENT BY ASUS. ASUS ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR ANY ERRORS OR INACCURACIES THA T MA Y APPEAR IN THIS MANUAL, INCLUDING THE PRODUCTS AND SOFTW ARE DESCRIBED IN IT . Products and corporate names appearing in this manual may or may not be registered trademarks or copyrights of their respective companies, and are used only for identification or explanation and to the ownersâ benefit, without intent to infringe. E2505 E2505 E2505 E2505 E2505 First Edition V1 First Edition V1 First Edition V1 First Edition V1 First Edition V1 May 2006 May 2006 May 2006 May 2006 May 2006
iii iii iii iii iii Contents Notices ................................................................................................ vi Safety information ............................................................................. vii About this guide ............................................................................... viii P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH specifications summary ................................. x Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction 1.1 Welcome! .............................................................................. 1-2 1.2 Package contents ................................................................. 1-2 1.3 Special features .................................................................... 1-2 1.3.1 Product highlights ................................................... 1-2 1.3.2 Innovative ASUS features ....................................... 1-4 1.3.3 ASUS Digital Home for P5V-VM DH special features .................................................................. 1-5 1.4 Before you proceed .............................................................. 1-7 1.5 Motherboard overview .......................................................... 1-8 1.5.1 Placement direction ................................................ 1-8 1.5.2 Screw holes ............................................................ 1-8 1.5.3 Motherboard layout ................................................ 1-9 1.6 Central Processing Unit (CPU) ............................................ 1-10 1.6.1 Installling the CPU ................................................. 1-10 1.6.2 Installling the CPU heatsink and fan ..................... 1-13 1.6.3 Uninstalling the CPU heatsink and fan .................. 1-15 1.7 System memory ................................................................. 1-17 1.7.1 Overview ............................................................... 1-17 1.7.2 Memory configurations ......................................... 1-17 1.7.3 Installing a DIMM ................................................... 1-19 1.7.4 Removing a DIMM ................................................. 1-19 1.8 Expansion slots ................................................................... 1-21 1.8.1 Installing an expansion card .................................. 1-21 1.8.2 Configuring an expansion card .............................. 1-21 1.8.3 Interrupt assignments .......................................... 1-21 1.8.4 PCI slots ................................................................ 1-22 1.8.5 PCI Express x1 slot ............................................... 1-22 1.8.6 PCI Express x16 slot ............................................. 1-23 1.9 Jumpers .............................................................................. 1-23
iv iv iv iv iv Contents 1.10 Connectors ......................................................................... 1-26 1.10.1 Rear panel connectors .......................................... 1-26 1.10.2 Internal connectors ............................................... 1-28 Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup 2.1 Managing and updating your BIOS ........................................ 2-2 2.1.1 ASUS Update utility ................................................ 2-2 2.1.2 Creating a bootable floppy disk .............................. 2-5 2.1.3 ASUS EZ Flash utility .............................................. 2-6 2.1.4 Updating the BIOS .................................................. 2-7 2.1.5 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 utility ................................ 2-9 2.2 BIOS setup program ........................................................... 2-11 2.2.1 BIOS menu screen ................................................. 2-12 2.2.2 Menu bar ............................................................... 2-12 2.2.3 Legend bar ........................................................... 2-13 2.2.4 Menu items ........................................................... 2-13 2.2.5 Sub-menu items ................................................... 2-13 2.2.6 Configuration fields .............................................. 2-13 2.2.7 Pop-up window ..................................................... 2-14 2.2.8 General help .......................................................... 2-14 2.3 Main menu .......................................................................... 2-15 2.3.1 System Time ......................................................... 2-15 2.3.2 System Date ......................................................... 2-15 2.3.3 Legacy Diskette A ................................................ 2-15 2.3.4 Primary and Secondary IDE Master/Slave ............. 2-16 2.3.5 First, Second, Third, Fourth SATA Master ............ 2-18 2.3.6 HDD SMART Monitoring ........................................ 2-19 2.3.7 Installed Memory .................................................. 2-19 2.3.8 Usable Memory ..................................................... 2-19
v v v v v Contents 2.4 Advanced menu .................................................................. 2-20 2.4.1 CPU Configuration ................................................. 2-20 2.4.2 Chipset ................................................................. 2-21 2.4.3 PCIPnP ................................................................... 2-23 2.4.4 Onboard Devices Configuration ............................ 2-24 2.4.5 USB Configuration ................................................. 2-27 2.5 Power menu ........................................................................ 2-28 2.5.1 ACPI Suspend Type ............................................... 2-28 2.5.2 ACPI APIC Supp ..................................................... 2-28 2.5.3 APM Configuration ................................................ 2-28 2.5.4 Hardware Monitor ................................................. 2-31 2.6 Boot menu .......................................................................... 2-33 2.6.1 Boot Device Priority ............................................. 2-33 2.6.2 Removable Drives ................................................. 2-33 2.6.3 Hard Disk Drives ................................................... 2-34 2.6.4 Boot Settings Configuration ................................. 2-34 2.6.5 Security ................................................................ 2-36 2.7 Exit menu ........................................................................... 2-38 Chapter 3: Software support Chapter 3: Software support Chapter 3: Software support Chapter 3: Software support Chapter 3: Software support 3.1 Installing an operating system ............................................. 3-2 3.2 Support CD information ........................................................ 3-2 3.2.1 Running the support CD ......................................... 3-2 3.2.2 Drivers menu .......................................................... 3-3 3.2.3 Utilities menu .......................................................... 3-4 3.2.4 Make Disk menu ...................................................... 3-5 3.2.5 Manuals menu ......................................................... 3-5 3.2.6 ASUS Contact information ...................................... 3-6 3.3 RAID configurations .............................................................. 3-7 3.3.1 Installing hard disks ................................................ 3-8 3.3.2 JMicron î RAID Configuration ................................. 3-12 3.4 Creating a RAID driver disk ................................................. 3-20
vi vi vi vi vi Notices Federal Communications Commission Statement Federal Communications Commission Statement Federal Communications Commission Statement Federal Communications Commission Statement Federal Communications Commission Statement This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: ⢠This device may not cause harmful interference, and ⢠This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation. This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with manufacturerâÂÂs instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures: ⢠Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. ⢠Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. ⢠Connect the equipment to an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. ⢠Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. Canadian Department of Communications Statement Canadian Department of Communications Statement Canadian Department of Communications Statement Canadian Department of Communications Statement Canadian Department of Communications Statement This digital apparatus does not exceed the Class B limits for radio noise emissions from digital apparatus set out in the Radio Interference Regulations of the Canadian Department of Communications. This class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian This class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian This class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian This class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian This class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003. ICES-003. ICES-003. ICES-003. ICES-003. The use of shielded cables for connection of the monitor to the graphics card is required to assure compliance with FCC regulations. Changes or modifications to this unit not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the userâÂÂs authority to operate this equipment.
vii vii vii vii vii Safety information Electrical safety Electrical safety Electrical safety Electrical safety Electrical safety ⢠To prevent electrical shock hazard, disconnect the power cable from the electrical outlet before relocating the system. ⢠When adding or removing devices to or from the system, ensure that the power cables for the devices are unplugged before the signal cables are connected. If possible, disconnect all power cables from the existing system before you add a device. ⢠Before connecting or removing signal cables from the motherboard, ensure that all power cables are unplugged. ⢠Seek professional assistance before using an adapter or extension cord. These devices could interrupt the grounding circuit. ⢠Make sure that your power supply is set to the correct voltage in your area. If you are not sure about the voltage of the electrical outlet you are using, contact your local power company. ⢠If the power supply is broken, do not try to fix it by yourself. Contact a qualified service technician or your retailer. Operation safety Operation safety Operation safety Operation safety Operation safety ⢠Before installing the motherboard and adding devices on it, carefully read all the manuals that came with the package. ⢠Before using the product, make sure all cables are correctly connected and the power cables are not damaged. If you detect any damage, contact your dealer immediately. ⢠To avoid short circuits, keep paper clips, screws, and staples away from connectors, slots, sockets and circuitry. ⢠Avoid dust, humidity, and temperature extremes. Do not place the product in any area where it may become wet. ⢠Place the product on a stable surface. ⢠If you encounter technical problems with the product, contact a qualified service technician or your retailer. This symbol of the crossed out wheeled bin indicates that the product (electrical and electronic equipment) should not be placed in municipal waste. Please check local regulations for disposal of electronic products.
viii viii viii viii viii About this guide This user guide contains the information you need when installing and configuring the motherboard. How this guide is organized How this guide is organized How this guide is organized How this guide is organized How this guide is organized This manual contains the following parts: ⢠⢠⢠⢠⢠Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction This chapter describes the features of the motherboard and the new technology it supports. This chapter also lists the hardware setup procedures that you have to perform when installing system components. It includes description of the jumpers and connectors on the motherboard. ⢠⢠⢠⢠⢠Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup This chapter tells how to change system settings through the BIOS Setup menus. Detailed descriptions of the BIOS parameters are also provided. ⢠⢠⢠⢠⢠Chapter 3: Software support Chapter 3: Software support Chapter 3: Software support Chapter 3: Software support Chapter 3: Software support This chapter describes the contents of the support CD that comes with the motherboard package. Where to find more information Where to find more information Where to find more information Where to find more information Where to find more information Refer to the following sources for additional information and for product and software updates. 1. 1. 1. 1. 1. ASUS websites ASUS websites ASUS websites ASUS websites ASUS websites The ASUS website provides updated information on ASUS hardware and software products. Refer to the ASUS contact information. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. Optional documentation Optional documentation Optional documentation Optional documentation Optional documentation Your product package may include optional documentation, such as warranty flyers, that may have been added by your dealer. These documents are not part of the standard package.
ix ix ix ix ix Conventions used in this guide Conventions used in this guide Conventions used in this guide Conventions used in this guide Conventions used in this guide To make sure that you perform certain tasks properly, take note of the following symbols used throughout this manual. Typography DANGER/WARNING: DANGER/WARNING: DANGER/WARNING: DANGER/WARNING: DANGER/WARNING: Information to prevent injury to yourself when trying to complete a task. CAUTION: CAUTION: CAUTION: CAUTION: CAUTION: Information to prevent damage to the components when trying to complete a task. NOTE: NOTE: NOTE: NOTE: NOTE: Tips and additional information to help you complete a task. IMPORTANT: IMPORTANT: IMPORTANT: IMPORTANT: IMPORTANT: Instructions that you MUST follow to complete a task. Bold text Bold text Bold text Bold text Bold text Indicates a menu or an item to select Italics Used to emphasize a word or a phrase <Key> Keys enclosed in the less-than and greater-than sign means that you must press the enclosed key Example: <Enter> means that you must press the Enter or Return key <Key1 Key2 Key3> If you must press two or more keys simultaneously, the key names are linked with a plus sign ( ) Example: <Ctrl Alt D> Command Means that you must type the command exactly as shown, then supply the required item or value enclosed in brackets Example: At the DOS prompt, type the command line: awdflash P5VD2MX.bin
x x x x x P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH specifications summary (continued on the next page) CPU CPU CPU CPU CPU Chipset Chipset Chipset Chipset Chipset Front Side Bus Front Side Bus Front Side Bus Front Side Bus Front Side Bus Memory Memory Memory Memory Memory Expansion slots Expansion slots Expansion slots Expansion slots Expansion slots VGA VGA VGA VGA VGA Storage Storage Storage Storage Storage Audio Audio Audio Audio Audio LAN LAN LAN LAN LAN USB USB USB USB USB Special features Special features Special features Special features Special features LGA775 socket for Intel î Coreâ¢2 Duo/Pentium î D/ Pentium î 4/Celeron î CPU support Intel î Presler 65nm Dual core CPU support Intel î next generation Coreâ¢2 Duo CPU support Compatible with Intel î 05B/05A and 04B/04A processors Supports Intel EIST/EM64T/Hyper-Threading Technology Northbridge: VIA P4M890 Southbridge: VIA VT8237A 1066/800/533 MHz 2 x 240-pin DIMM sockets support up to 4 GB of DDR2 533/400 unbufferred non-ECC memory 1 x PCI Express x16 1 x PCI Express x1 2 x PCI slots (Note: PCI-E x1 and JMicron JMB363 SATA controller cannot be used simultaneously) Integrated Graphics, up to 64MB shared memory Support max. resolution to 2048 x 1536 (@75Hz) Support max. refresh rate to 100Hz (@1600 x 1200) VIA 8237A Southbridge supports: - 2 x Ultra DMA 133/100/66/33 - 2 x Serial ATA (1.5 Gb/s) with RAID 0, RAID 1, and JBOD configuration JMicron JMB363 SATA controller supports: - 1 x Internal Serial ATA 3 Gb/s - 1 x External Serial ATA 3 Gb/s (SATA On-the-Go) - RAID 0, RAID 1, and JBOD configuration ⢠High definition audio, ADI î AD1986A SoundMax 5.1 channel CODEC ⢠Supports Jack-sensing function Realtek î RTL8201CL 10/100 Mbps LAN Controller Supports up to 8 USB 2.0 ports ASUS Q-Fan ASUS EZ Flash ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 MyLogoâ¢
xi xi xi xi xi P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH specifications summary ASUS C.P.R. (CPU Parameter Recall) SFS (Stepless Frequency Selection) from 133MHz up to 300MHz at 1MHz increment Adjustable FSB/DDR ratio. Fixed PCI-E/SATA frequencies. 1 x Parallel port 1 x External SATA 1 x LAN (RJ-45) port 4 x USB 2.0/1.1 ports 1 x VGA port 1 x PS/2 keyboard port 1 x PS/2 mouse port 6-Channel Audio I/O ports 4 Mb Flash ROM, Award BIOS, PnP, WfM2.0, ACPI2.0a, SM BIOS 2.3 WOL by PME, WOR by PME, Chassis Intrusion, PXE, RPL 2 x USB 2.0 connectors for 4 additional USB 2.0 ports 1 x CPU fan connector 1 x Chassis fan connector 1 x COM connector 1 x 24-pin ATX power connector 1 x 4-pin ATX 12 V power connector 1 x CD/AUX audio-in connector 1 x Front panel audio connector 1 x S/PDIF out connector Chassis intrusion System panel connector ATX from factor: 9.6 in x 8.6 in (23.5 cm x 21.8 cm) Device drivers ASUS PC Probe ASUS Live Update utility Anti-virus software (OEM version) (continued on the next page) Overclocking Overclocking Overclocking Overclocking Overclocking Features Features Features Features Features Rear panel Rear panel Rear panel Rear panel Rear panel BIOS features BIOS features BIOS features BIOS features BIOS features Manageability Manageability Manageability Manageability Manageability Internal Internal Internal Internal Internal connectors connectors connectors connectors connectors Form Factor Form Factor Form Factor Form Factor Form Factor Support CD Support CD Support CD Support CD Support CD contents contents contents contents contents
xii xii xii xii xii Extra specifications on P5V-VM DH *Specifications are subject to change without notice. *P5V-VM DH only supports max. 7 USB2.0 ports. ASUS Digital ASUS Digital ASUS Digital ASUS Digital ASUS Digital Home Features Home Features Home Features Home Features Home Features ASUS Digital ASUS Digital ASUS Digital ASUS Digital ASUS Digital Home Home Home Home Home Accessories Accessories Accessories Accessories Accessories Wirelss LAN Wirelss LAN Wirelss LAN Wirelss LAN Wirelss LAN Rear Panel Rear Panel Rear Panel Rear Panel Rear Panel Internal Internal Internal Internal Internal Connectors Connectors Connectors Connectors Connectors Support CD Support CD Support CD Support CD Support CD ASUS WiFi-AP Solo - 54 Mbps IEEE 802.11g and backwards compatible with 11 Mbps IEEE 802.11b - Access point mode - Station mode: Infrastructure mode or Ad-Hoc mode ASUS DH Remote⢠- Power - Quick Power - Noise Off - EZ WiFi - Full Screen - AP Launch - Media Controller Zone ASUS MP3-In⢠ASUS DH Remote ASUS DH Remote Receiver ASUS WiFi-AP Solo omni-directional antenna ASUS MP3-In Module 54Mbps IEEE 802.11g (ASUS WiFi-AP Solo) 1 x WiFi-AP Solo antenna jack 1 x MP3-In connector ASUS WiFi-AP Solo, ASUS DH Remote⢠Application
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 1-1 1-1 1-1 1-1 1-1 1 Product introduction This chapter describes the motherboard features and the new technologies it supports.
1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction 1.1 Welcome! Thank you for buying an ASUS Thank you for buying an ASUS Thank you for buying an ASUS Thank you for buying an ASUS Thank you for buying an ASUS î î î î î P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH motherboard! motherboard! motherboard! motherboard! motherboard! The motherboard delivers a host of new features and latest technologies, making it another standout in the long line of ASUS quality motherboards! Before you start installing the motherboard, and hardware devices on it, check the items in your package with the list below. 1.2 Package contents Check your motherboard package for the following items. Motherboard Motherboard Motherboard Motherboard Motherboard ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH motherboard Cables Cables Cables Cables Cables 1 x Serial ATA power cable 1 x Serial ATA signal cable 1 x Ultra DMA 133/100 cables 1 x Floppy disk drive cable Accessories Accessories Accessories Accessories Accessories I/O shield ASUS DH Remote (only for P5V-VM DH) ASUS DH Remote Receiver (only for P5V-VM DH) ASUS WiFi-AP Solo omni-directional antenna (only for P5V-VM DH) ASUS MP3-In Module (only for P5V-VM DH) Application CD Application CD Application CD Application CD Application CD ASUS motherboard support CD Documentation Documentation Documentation Documentation Documentation User guide If any of the above items is damaged or missing, contact your retailer. 1.3 Special features 1.3.1 1.3.1 1.3.1 1.3.1 1.3.1 Product highlights Product highlights Product highlights Product highlights Product highlights Latest processor technology Latest processor technology Latest processor technology Latest processor technology Latest processor technology The motherboard comes with a 775-pin surface mount Land Grid Array (LGA) socket designed for the Intel î processor in the 775-land package. The motherboard supports the Intel î Pentium î D processor with 1066/ 800/533 MHz Front Side Bus (FSB). The motherboard also supports the Intel î Hyper-Threading Technology and is fully compatible with Intel î 05B/ 05A and 04B/04A processors. See page 1-10 for details.
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3 Intel Intel Intel Intel Intel î î î î î 65nm Dual-Core CPU support 65nm Dual-Core CPU support 65nm Dual-Core CPU support 65nm Dual-Core CPU support 65nm Dual-Core CPU support This motherboard supports Intel î Pentium î D/Pentium î 4/Celeron î dual-core processors built on the 65-nanometer (nm) process technology with copper interconnect. Dual-core processors contain two physical CPU cores with dedicated L2 caches to meet demands for more powerful processing. Intel î âÂÂs 65nm process is the most advanced chip manufacturing technology, delivering breakthrough performance, enhanced media experience, and low power consumption. Intel î 65nm dual-core processors utilize the latest package technologies for a thinner, lighter design without compromising performance. This motherboard also supports Intel î next generation Coreâ¢2 Duo CPU. This motherboard supports the latest Intel î Coreâ¢2 processors in LGA775 package. With new Intel î Core⢠microarchitecture technology and 1066/800 MHz FSB, Intel î Coreâ¢2 processor is one of the most powerful and enrgy-efficient CPUs in the world. PCI Express⢠interface PCI Express⢠interface PCI Express⢠interface PCI Express⢠interface PCI Express⢠interface The motherboard fully supports PCI Express, the latest I/O interconnect technology that speeds up the PCI bus. PCI Express features point-to-point serial interconnections between devices and allows higher clockspeeds by carrying data in packets. This high speed interface is software compatible with existing PCI specifications. Serial ATA 3Gb/s technology Serial ATA 3Gb/s technology Serial ATA 3Gb/s technology Serial ATA 3Gb/s technology Serial ATA 3Gb/s technology The motherboard built with JMicron JMB363 SATA controller supports the next-generation hard drives based on the Serial ATA (SATA) 3Gb/s storage specification, delivering enhanced scalability and doubling the bus bandwidth for high-speed data retrieval and saves. The external SATA port located at the back I/O provides smart setup and hot-plug functions. Easily backup photos, videos and other entertainment contents on external devices. S ee pages 1-27 and 1-30 for details. Dual RAID solution Dual RAID solution Dual RAID solution Dual RAID solution Dual RAID solution The onboard VIA VT8237A chipset allows RAID 0, RAID 1, and JBOD configuration for two SATA connectors, and JMicron JMB363 SATA controller also supports RAID 0, RAID 1, and JBOD.
1-4 1-4 1-4 1-4 1-4 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction S/PDIF digital sound ready S/PDIF digital sound ready S/PDIF digital sound ready S/PDIF digital sound ready S/PDIF digital sound ready The motherboard supports the S/PDIF Out function through the S/PDIF interface at midboard. The S/PDIF technology turns your computer into a high-end entertainment system with digital connectivity to powerful audio and speaker systems. See page 1-31 for details. 6-channel high definition audio 6-channel high definition audio 6-channel high definition audio 6-channel high definition audio 6-channel high definition audio Onboard is the ADI AD1986A High Definition Audio 6-channel audio CODEC. This CODEC is fully-compliant with Intel î High Definition Audio standard (192 KHz, 24-bit audio). With the CODEC, 6-channel audio ports, and S/ PDIF interfaces, you can connect your computer to home theater decoders to produce crystal-clear digital audio. 10/100 Mbps LAN Supports 10/100 Mbps LAN Supports 10/100 Mbps LAN Supports 10/100 Mbps LAN Supports 10/100 Mbps LAN Supports The motherboard supports the Realtek î RTL8201CL 10/100 Mbps LAN controller, providing easy connectivity to your network or broadband connection with the onboard LAN port. 1.3.2 1.3.2 1.3.2 1.3.2 1.3.2 Innovative ASUS features Innovative ASUS features Innovative ASUS features Innovative ASUS features Innovative ASUS features CrashFree BIOS 2 CrashFree BIOS 2 CrashFree BIOS 2 CrashFree BIOS 2 CrashFree BIOS 2 This feature allows you to restore the original BIOS data from the support CD in case when the BIOS codes and data are corrupted. This protection eliminates the need to buy a replacement ROM chip. See details on page 2-9 . USB 2.0 technology USB 2.0 technology USB 2.0 technology USB 2.0 technology USB 2.0 technology The motherboard implements the Universal Serial Bus (USB) 2.0 specification, dramatically increasing the connection speed from the 12 Mbps bandwidth on USB 1.1 to a fast 480 Mbps on USB 2.0. USB 2.0 is backward compatible with USB 1.1. See pages 1-25 and 1-33 for details.
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 1-5 1-5 1-5 1-5 1-5 ASUS Q-Fan technology ASUS Q-Fan technology ASUS Q-Fan technology ASUS Q-Fan technology ASUS Q-Fan technology The ASUS Q-Fan technology smartly adjusts the CPU fan speed according to the system loading to ensure quiet, cool, and efficient operation. ASUS EZ Flash BIOS ASUS EZ Flash BIOS ASUS EZ Flash BIOS ASUS EZ Flash BIOS ASUS EZ Flash BIOS With the ASUS EZ Flash, you can easily update the system BIOS even before loading the operating system. No need to use a DOS-based utility or boot from a floppy disk. See page 2-6 for details. C.P.R. (CPU Parameter Recall) C.P.R. (CPU Parameter Recall) C.P.R. (CPU Parameter Recall) C.P.R. (CPU Parameter Recall) C.P.R. (CPU Parameter Recall) The C.P.R. feature of the motherboard BIOS allows automatic re-setting to the BIOS default settings in case the system hangs due to overclocking. When the system hangs due to overclocking, C.P.R. eliminates the need to open the system chassis and clear the RTC data. Simply shut down and reboot the system, and the BIOS automatically restores the CPU default setting for each parameter. 1.3.3 1.3.3 1.3.3 1.3.3 1.3.3 ASUS Digital Home for P5V-VM DH special ASUS Digital Home for P5V-VM DH special ASUS Digital Home for P5V-VM DH special ASUS Digital Home for P5V-VM DH special ASUS Digital Home for P5V-VM DH special features features features features features ASUS WiFi-AP Solo ASUS WiFi-AP Solo ASUS WiFi-AP Solo ASUS WiFi-AP Solo ASUS WiFi-AP Solo (Only for P5V-VM DH) (Only for P5V-VM DH) (Only for P5V-VM DH) (Only for P5V-VM DH) (Only for P5V-VM DH) The ASUS WiFi-AP Solo allows a new level of versitility for your PC, enabling it to create a complete wireless home network in either AP or wirelesss client mode. Users will be able to play LAN games, connecting to the Internet, access and share printers, and use Skype from anywhere within range. The ASUS WiFi-AP Solo can provide these functions even when the PC is in sleep mode, so users can use Skype as a true replacement for tradition long distance telephone service. WiFi-AP Solo is an on-board feature, which means that users will save the extra WiFi-AP cost.
1-6 1-6 1-6 1-6 1-6 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction ASUS DH Remote⢠ASUS DH Remote⢠ASUS DH Remote⢠ASUS DH Remote⢠ASUS DH Remote⢠(Only for P5V-VM DH) (Only for P5V-VM DH) (Only for P5V-VM DH) (Only for P5V-VM DH) (Only for P5V-VM DH) The ASUS DH Remote⢠is a convenient PC remote controller that gives users unprecedented control over their PCs from the comfort of their couches. With the touch of a button, users can instantly operate the following functions: Power Power Power Power Power : Turns the computer on/off. Quick Power Quick Power Quick Power Quick Power Quick Power : Puts the computer quickly into sleep mode. Noise Off Noise Off Noise Off Noise Off Noise Off : Reduces the noise coming from the computer. EZ WiFi EZ WiFi EZ WiFi EZ WiFi E Z W i F i: Puts the computer quickly into sleep mode but allowing WiFi-AP Solo⢠to still operate. Full Screen Full Screen Full Screen Full Screen Full Screen : Puts the media application into full screen. AP Launch AP Launch AP Launch AP Launch AP Launch : Launches the media application. Media Control Zone Media Control Zone Media Control Zone Media Control Zone Media Control Zone : Controls the media application. ASUS MP3-In⢠ASUS MP3-In⢠ASUS MP3-In⢠ASUS MP3-In⢠ASUS MP3-In⢠(Only for P5V-VM DH) (Only for P5V-VM DH) (Only for P5V-VM DH) (Only for P5V-VM DH) (Only for P5V-VM DH) A convenient interface between computers and MP3 players, the ASUS MP3-In⢠feature enables MP3 players to connect to PC speakers even when the PC power is off, which means that users can enjoy the sound quality from PC speakers without additional stereo equipment cost. Please refer page 1-35 and ASUS MP3-In⢠quick installation guide for details.
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 1-7 1-7 1-7 1-7 1-7 Onboard LED Onboard LED Onboard LED Onboard LED Onboard LED The motherboard comes with a standby power LED that lights up to indicate that the system is ON, in sleep mode, or in soft-off mode. This is a reminder that you should shut down the system and unplug the power cable before removing or plugging in any motherboard component. The illustration below shows the location of the onboard LED. 1.4 Before you proceed Take note of the following precautions before you install motherboard components or change any motherboard settings. ⢠Unplug the power cord from the wall socket before touching any component. ⢠Use a grounded wrist strap or touch a safely grounded object or to a metal object, such as the power supply case, before handling components to avoid damaging them due to static electricity ⢠Hold components by the edges to avoid touching the ICs on them. ⢠Whenever you uninstall any component, place it on a grounded antistatic pad or in the bag that came with the component. ⢠Before you install or remove any component, ensure Before you install or remove any component, ensure Before you install or remove any component, ensure Before you install or remove any component, ensure Before you install or remove any component, ensure that the ATX power supply is switched off or the that the ATX power supply is switched off or the that the ATX power supply is switched off or the that the ATX power supply is switched off or the that the ATX power supply is switched off or the power cord is detached from the power supply. power cord is detached from the power supply. power cord is detached from the power supply. power cord is detached from the power supply. power cord is detached from the power supply. Failure to do so may cause severe damage to the motherboard, peripherals, and/or components. î Onboard LED SB_PWR ON Standby Power OFF Powered Off
1-8 1-8 1-8 1-8 1-8 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction 1.5 Motherboard overview Before you install the motherboard, study the configuration of your chassis to ensure that the motherboard fits into it. Make sure to unplug the power cord before installing or removing the motherboard. Failure to do so can cause you physical injury and damage motherboard components. Do not overtighten the screws! Doing so can damage the motherboard. 1.5.1 1.5.1 1.5.1 1.5.1 1.5.1 Placement direction Placement direction Placement direction Placement direction Placement direction When installing the motherboard, make sure that you place it into the chassis in the correct orientation. The edge with external ports goes to the rear part of the chassis as indicated in the image below. 1.5.2 1.5.2 1.5.2 1.5.2 1.5.2 Screw holes Screw holes Screw holes Screw holes Screw holes Place six (6) screws into the holes indicated by circles to secure the motherboard to the chassis. Place this side towards Place this side towards Place this side towards Place this side towards Place this side towards the rear of the chassis the rear of the chassis the rear of the chassis the rear of the chassis the rear of the chassis î
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 1-9 1-9 1-9 1-9 1-9 1.5.3 1.5.3 1.5.3 1.5.3 1.5.3 P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH Motherboard layout P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH Motherboard layout P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH Motherboard layout P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH Motherboard layout P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH Motherboard layout ⢠The USB9 port, WIFI connecotr, and MP3IN connector are only for P5V-VM DH. ⢠USB1 and USB2 ports are only for P5VD2-MX. 21.8cm (8.6in) PCI1 4Mb BIOS JMicron JMB363 USBPW56 USBPW78 CHA_F AN USB56 24.5cm (9.6in) PCI2 P ANEL A TX12V CPU_F AN Super I/O AAFP DDR2 DIMM2 (64 bit,240-pin module) EA TXPWR S ATA 2 FLOPPY CR2032 3V Lithium Cell CMOS Power VIA VT8237A VIA P4M890 PCIE1 PS/2KBMS T : Mouse B: Ke yboard Below:Mic In Center:Line Out T op:Line In USB12 LAN_USB34 P ARALLEL PORT VGA DDR2 DIMM1 (64 bit,240-pin module) S ATA 1 PRI_IDE USB78 USBPW34 USBPW12 KBPWR AUX CD CLRTC SB_PWR SPDIF_OUT CHASSIS RTL8201CL î LGA775 COM2 E S ATA SEC_IDE SA T A_A PCIEX16 WIFI USB9 MP3IN
1-10 1-10 1-10 1-10 1-10 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction 1.6.1 1.6.1 1.6.1 1.6.1 1.6.1 Installling the CPU Installling the CPU Installling the CPU Installling the CPU Installling the CPU To install a CPU: 1. Locate the CPU socket on the motherboard. 1.6 Central Processing Unit (CPU) The motherboard comes with a surface mount LGA775 socket designed for the Intel î Coreâ¢2 Duo/Pentium î D/ Pentium î 4/Celeron î processor in the 775-land package. ⢠Your boxed Intel î Coreâ¢2 Duo/Pentium î D/Pentium î 4/Celeron î LGA775 processor package should come with installation instructions for the CPU, fan and heatsink assembly. If the instructions in this section do not match the CPU documentation, follow the latter. ⢠Upon purchase of the motherboard, make sure that the PnP cap is on the socket and the socket pins are not bent. Contact your retailer immediately if the PnP cap is missing, or if you see any damage to the PnP cap/socket pins/motherboard components. ASUS will shoulder the cost of repair only if the damage is shipment/ transit-related. ⢠Keep the cap after installing the motherboard. ASUS will process Return Merchandise Authorization (RMA) requests only if the motherboard comes with the cap on the LGA775 socket. ⢠The product warranty does not cover damage to the socket pins resulting from incorrect CPU installation/removal, or misplacement/ loss/incorrect removal of the PnP cap. Before installing the CPU, make sure that the socket box is facing towards you and the load lever is on your left. î CPU Socket 775
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 1-11 1-11 1-11 1-11 1-11 3. Lift the load lever in the direction of the arrow to a 135ú angle. 4. Lift the load plate with your thumb and forefinger to a 100ú angle (A), then push the PnP cap from the load plate window to remove (B). To prevent damage to the socket pins, do not remove the PnP cap unless you are installing a CPU. 5. Position the CPU over the socket, making sure that the gold triangle is on the bottom-left corner of the socket. The socket alignment key should fit into the CPU notch. 2. Press the load lever with your thumb (A) and move it to the left (B) until it is released from the retention tab. Retention tab Retention tab Retention tab Retention tab Retention tab Load lever Load lever Load lever Load lever Load lever This side of the cam This side of the cam This side of the cam This side of the cam This side of the cam box should face you. box should face you. box should face you. box should face you. box should face you. PnP Cap PnP Cap PnP Cap PnP Cap PnP Cap A B Load plate Load plate Load plate Load plate Load plate A B Alignment key Alignment key Alignment key Alignment key Alignment key Gold triangle mark Gold triangle mark Gold triangle mark Gold triangle mark Gold triangle mark
1-12 1-12 1-12 1-12 1-12 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction The CPU fits in only one correct orientation. DO NOT force the CPU into the socket to prevent bending the connectors on the socket and damaging the CPU! 6. Close the load plate (A), then push the load lever (B) until it snaps into the retention tab. Notes on Intel Notes on Intel Notes on Intel Notes on Intel Notes on Intel î Hyper-Threading Technology Hyper-Threading Technology Hyper-Threading Technology Hyper-Threading Technology Hyper-Threading Technology ⢠This motherboard supports Intel î Pentium î 4 CPUs in the 775-land package with Hyper-Threading Technology. ⢠Hyper-Threading Technology is supported under Windows î XP/2003 Server and Linux 1.7.x (kernel) and later versions only. Under Linux, use the Hyper-Threading compiler to compile the code. If you are using any other operating systems, disable the Hyper-Threading Technology item in the BIOS to ensure system stability and performance. ⢠Installing Windows î XP Service Pack 1 or later version is recommended. ⢠Make sure to enable the Hyper-Threading Technology item in BIOS before installing a supported operating system. ⢠For more information on Hyper-Threading Technology, visit www.intel.com/info/hyperthreading. To use the Hyper-Threading Technology on this motherboard: 1. Install an Intel î Pentium î 4 CPU in the 775-land package that supports Hyper-Threading Technology. 2. Power up the system and enter the BIOS Setup (see Chapter 2: BIOS setup). Under the Advanced Menu, make sure that the item Hyper-Threading Technology is set to Enabled. The item appears only if you installed a CPU that supports Hyper-Threading Technology. 3. Reboot the computer. A B
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 1-13 1-13 1-13 1-13 1-13 1.6.2 1.6.2 1.6.2 1.6.2 1.6.2 Installling the CPU heatsink and fan Installling the CPU heatsink and fan Installling the CPU heatsink and fan Installling the CPU heatsink and fan Installling the CPU heatsink and fan The Intel î Pentium î 4 LGA775 processor requires a specially designed heatsink and fan assembly to ensure optimum thermal condition and performance. ⢠Install the motherboard to the chassis before you install the CPU fan and heatsink assembly ⢠When you buy a boxed Intel î Pentium î 4 processor, the package includes the CPU fan and heatsink assembly. If you buy a CPU separately, make sure that you use only Intel î -certified multi-directional heatsink and fan. ⢠Your Intel î Pentium î 4 heatsink and fan assembly comes in a push- pin design and requires no tool to install. If you purchased a separate CPU heatsink and fan assembly, make sure that a Thermal Interface Material is properly applied to the CPU heatsink or CPU before you install the heatsink and fan assembly. To install the CPU heatsink and fan: 1. Place the heatsink on top of the installed CPU, making sure that the four fasteners match the holes on the motherboard. Fastener Fastener Fastener Fastener Fastener Motherboard hole Motherboard hole Motherboard hole Motherboard hole Motherboard hole Make sure each fastener is oriented as shown, with the narrow groove directed outward.
1-14 1-14 1-14 1-14 1-14 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Do not forget to connect the CPU fan connector! Hardware monitoring errors can occur if you fail to plug this connector. 3. When the fan and heatsink assembly is in place, connect the CPU fan cable to the connector on the motherboard labeled CPU_FAN. 2. Push down two fasteners at a time in a diagonal sequence to secure the heatsink and fan assembly in place. A A B B B B A A î CPU fan connector CPU_F AN GND CPU F AN PWR CPU F AN IN CPU F AN PWM
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 1-15 1-15 1-15 1-15 1-15 1.6.3 1.6.3 1.6.3 1.6.3 1.6.3 Uninstalling the CPU heatsink and fan Uninstalling the CPU heatsink and fan Uninstalling the CPU heatsink and fan Uninstalling the CPU heatsink and fan Uninstalling the CPU heatsink and fan To uninstall the CPU heatsink and fan: 1. Disconnect the CPU fan cable from the connector on the motherboard labeled CPU_FAN. 2. Rotate each fastener counterclockwise. 3. Pull up two fasteners at a time in a diagonal sequence to disengage the heatsink and fan assembly from the motherboard. A A B B B B A A
1-16 1-16 1-16 1-16 1-16 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction 4. Remove the heatsink and fan assembly from the motherboard. 5. Rotate each fastener clockwise to reset the orientation. The narrow end of the groove should point outward after resetting. (The photo shows the groove shaded for emphasis.) Narrow end of the groove Narrow end of the groove Narrow end of the groove Narrow end of the groove Narrow end of the groove
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 1-17 1-17 1-17 1-17 1-17 1.7 System memory 1.7.1 1.7.1 1.7.1 1.7.1 1.7.1 Overview Overview Overview Overview Overview The motherboard comes with two Double Data Rate 2 (DDR2) Dual Inline Memory Modules (DIMM) sockets. A DDR2 module has the same physical dimensions as a DDR DIMM but has a 240-pin footprint compared to the 184-pin DDR DIMM. DDR2 DIMMs are notched differently to prevent installation on a DDR DIMM socket. The figure illustrates the location of the DDR2 DIMM sockets: 1.7.2 1.7.2 1.7.2 1.7.2 1.7.2 Memory configurations Memory configurations Memory configurations Memory configurations Memory configurations You may install 256 MB, 512 MB, 1 GB, and 2 GB unbuffered non-ECC DDR2 DIMMs into the DIMM sockets. ⢠Always install DIMMs with the same CAS latency. For optimum compatibility, it is recommended that you obtain memory modules from the same vendor. Refer to the DDR2 Qualified Vendors List on the next page for details. ⢠Due to chipset resource allocation, the system may detect less than 4 GB system memory when you installed two 2 GB DDR2 memory modules. ⢠This motherboard does not support memory modules made up of 128 Mb chips or double sided x16 memory modules. î 240-pin DDR2 DIMM sockets DIMM1 DIMM2
1-18 1-18 1-18 1-18 1-18 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction DDR2 533 Qualified Vendors List DDR2 533 Qualified Vendors List DDR2 533 Qualified Vendors List DDR2 533 Qualified Vendors List DDR2 533 Qualified Vendors List DIMM support Size Size Size Size Size Vendor Vendor Vendor Vendor Vendor Model Model Model Model Model Brand Brand Brand Brand Brand Side(s) Side(s) Side(s) Side(s) Side(s) Component Component Component Component Component A A A A A B B B B B 256MB KINGSTON E5116AB-5C-E N/A SS KVR533D2N4/256 V V 512MB KINGSTON HY5PS56821F-C4 N/A DS KVR533D2N4/512 V V 1024MB KINGSTON D6408TE7BL-37 N/A DS KVR533D2N4/1G V V 2048MB KINGSTON E1108AA-5C-E N/A DS KVR533D2N4/2G V V 512MB SAMSUNG K4T51083QB-GCD5 N/A SS M378T6553BG0-CD5 V V 256MB SAMSUNG K4T56083QF-GCD5 N/A SS M378T3253FG0-CD5 V V 512MB SAMSUNG K4T56083QF-GCD5 N/A DS M378T6453FG0-CD5 V V 256MB MICRON 4DBIIZ9BQT N/A SS N/A V V 512MB Infineon HYB18T512800AC37 N/A SS HYS64T64000GU-3.7-A V V 256MB Infineon HYB18T512160AF-3.7 N/A SS HYS64T32000HU-3.7-A V V 512MB Infineon HYB18T512800AF37 N/A SS HYS64T64000HU-3.7-A V V 1024MB Infineon HYB18T512800AF37 N/A DS HYS64T128020HU-3.7-A V V 2048MB Infineon HYB18T1G800AF-3.7 N/A DS HYS64T256020HU-3.7-A V V 256MB Infineon HYB18T5121608BF-3.7 N/A SS HYS64T32000HU-3.7-B V V 512MB Infineon HYB18T512800BF37 N/A SS HYS64T64000HU-3.7-B V V 1024MB Infineon HYB18T512800BF37 N/A DS HYS64T128020HU-3.7-B V V 512MB Hynix HY5PS12821F-C4 N/A SS HYMP564U648-C4 V V 1024MB Hynix HY5PS12821F-C4 N/A DS HYMP512U648-C4 V V 1024MB Hynix HY5PS12821FP-C4 N/A DS HYMP512U648-C4 V V 512MB Hynix HY5PS12821AFP-C3 N/A SS HYMP564U64AP8-C3 V V 1024MB Hynix HY5PS12821AFP-C3 N/A DS HYMP512U64AP8-C3 V V 512MB ELPIDA E5108AB-5C-E N/A SS EBE51UD8ABFA-5C V V 512MB ELPIDA E5108AB-5C-E N/A SS EBE51UD8ABFA-5C-E V V 1024MB ELPIDA E5108AB-5C-E N/A DS EBE11UD8ABFA-5C-E V V 2048MB ELPIDA E1108AA-5C-E N/A DS EBE21EE8AAFA-5C-E V V 256MB CORSAIR MIII0051832M8CEC N/A SS VS256MB533D2 V V 512MB CORSAIR MI110052432M8CEC N/A DS VS512MB533D2 V V 256MB Apacer E5116AB-5C-E N/A SS 78.81077.420 V V 256MB KINGMAX E5116AB-5C-E N/A SS KLBB68F-36EP4 V V 512MB KINGMAX E5108AE-5C-E N/A SS KLBC28F-A8EB4 V V 1024MB KINGMAX E5108AE-5C-E N/A DS KLBD48F-A8EB4 V V 512MB Transcend K4T51083QB-GCD5 N/A SS TS64MLQ64V5J V V 1024MB Transcend K4T51083QB-GCD5 N/A DS TS128MLQ64V5J V V 256MB CENTURY K4T56083QF-GCD5 N/A SS 25V6S8SSD5F4-K43 V V 512MB CENTURY E5108AB-5C-E N/A SS 25V2H8EL5CB4-J43 V V 1024MB CENTURY E5108AB-5C-E N/A DS 25V0H8EL5CB4-J45 V V 256MB elixir N2TU51216AF-37B N/A SS M2U25664TUH4A0F-37B V V 512MB elixir N2TU51280AF-37B N/A SS M2U51264TU88A0F-37B V V 256MB Aeneon AET960UD00-37C88X N/A SS AET560UD00-370A98X V V 512MB Aeneon AET960UD00-37C88X N/A SS AET660UD00-370A98X V V 256MB Aeneon AET94F370A N/A SS AET560UD00-370A98Z V V 256MB Aeneon AET94F370A N/A SS AET560UD00-370A98X V V 512MB Aeneon AET93F370A N/A SS AET660UD00-370A98Z V V 512MB Aeneon AET93F370A N/A SS AET660UD00-370A98X V V 512MB Aeneon AET93F370 N/A SS AET660UD00-370A98X V V 1024MB Aeneon AET93F370A N/A DS AET760UD00-370A98X V V 256MB NANYA NT5TU32M16AF-37B N/A SS NT256T64UH4A0F-37B V V 512MB NANYA NT5TU64M8AF-37B N/A SS NT512T64U88A0F-37B V V 1024MB NANYA NT5TU64M8AF-37B N/A DS NT1GT64U8HA0F-37B V V 1024MB PQI 64MX8D2-E N/A DS MEAB-323LA V V 512MB TwinMOS K4T51083QB-GCD5 N/A SS 8D-22JB5-K2T V V 256MB SimpleTech 858S032F25A N/A SS SVM-42DR2/256 V V 512MB SimpleTech 858S064F25A N/A DS SVM-42DR2/512 V V
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 1-19 1-19 1-19 1-19 1-19 Legend: Legend: Legend: Legend: Legend: Side(s): SS Side(s): SS Side(s): SS Side(s): SS Side(s): SS - Single-sided DS DS DS DS D S - Double-sided DIMM support: DIMM support: DIMM support: DIMM support: DIMM support: A A A A A - Supports one module inserted in any slot as Single-channel memory configuration B B B B B - Supports one pair of modules inserted into yellow slots as one pair of Single- channel memory configuration 1.7.3 1.7.3 1.7.3 1.7.3 1.7.3 Installing a DIMM Installing a DIMM Installing a DIMM Installing a DIMM Installing a DIMM 1. Unlock a DIMM socket by pressing the retaining clips outward. 2. Align a DIMM on the socket such that the notch on the DIMM matches the break on the socket. 3. Firmly insert the DIMM into the socket until the retaining clips snap back in place and the DIMM is properly seated. Make sure to unplug the power supply before adding or removing DIMMs or other system components. Failure to do so may cause severe damage to both the motherboard and the components. Unlocked retaining clip Unlocked retaining clip Unlocked retaining clip Unlocked retaining clip Unlocked retaining clip DDR2 DIMM notch DDR2 DIMM notch DDR2 DIMM notch DDR2 DIMM notch DDR2 DIMM notch 1.7.4 1.7.4 1.7.4 1.7.4 1.7.4 Removing a DIMM Removing a DIMM Removing a DIMM Removing a DIMM Removing a DIMM To remove a DIMM: 1. Simultaneously press the retaining clips outward to unlock the DIMM. 2. Remove the DIMM from the socket. Support the DIMM lightly with your fingers when pressing the retaining clips. The DIMM might get damaged when it flips out with extra force. DDR2 DIMM notch DDR2 DIMM notch DDR2 DIMM notch DDR2 DIMM notch DDR2 DIMM notch 1 ⢠A DDR2 DIMM is keyed with a notch so that it fits in only one direction. DO NOT force a DIMM into a socket to avoid damaging the DIMM. ⢠The DDR2 DIMM sockets do not support DDR DIMMs. Do not install DDR DIMMs to the DDR2 DIMM sockets. 3 2 1 1 2 1 1
1-20 1-20 1-20 1-20 1-20 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction 1.8 Expansion slots In the future, you may need to install expansion cards. The following sub-sections describe the slots and the expansion cards that they support. 1.8.1 1.8.1 1.8.1 1.8.1 1.8.1 Installing an expansion card Installing an expansion card Installing an expansion card Installing an expansion card Installing an expansion card To install an expansion card: 1. Before installing the expansion card, read the documentation that came with it and make the necessary hardware settings for the card. 2. Remove the system unit cover (if your motherboard is already installed in a chassis). 3. Remove the bracket opposite the slot that you intend to use. Keep the screw for later use. 4. Align the card connector with the slot and press firmly until the card is completely seated on the slot. 5. Secure the card to the chassis with the screw you removed earlier. 6. Replace the system cover. 1.8.2 1.8.2 1.8.2 1.8.2 1.8.2 Configuring an expansion card Configuring an expansion card Configuring an expansion card Configuring an expansion card Configuring an expansion card After installing the expansion card, configure it by adjusting the software settings. 1. Turn on the system and change the necessary BIOS settings, if any. See Chapter 2 for information on BIOS setup. 2. Assign an IRQ to the card. Refer to the tables on the next page. 3. Install the software drivers for the expansion card. Make sure to unplug the power cord before adding or removing expansion cards. Failure to do so may cause you physical injury and damage motherboard components.
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 1-21 1-21 1-21 1-21 1-21 1.8.3 1.8.3 1.8.3 1.8.3 1.8.3 Interrupt assignments Interrupt assignments Interrupt assignments Interrupt assignments Interrupt assignments Standard interrupt assignments Standard interrupt assignments Standard interrupt assignments Standard interrupt assignments Standard interrupt assignments IRQ IRQ IRQ IRQ IRQ Priority Priority Priority Priority Priority Standard Function Standard Function Standard Function Standard Function Standard Function 0 1 System Timer 1 2 Keyboard Controller 2 ⢠Re-direct to IRQ#9 4 12 Communications Port (COM)* 5 13 IRQ holder for PCI steering* 6 14 Floppy Disk Controller 7 15 Printer Port (LPT1)* 8 3 System CMOS/Real Time Clock 9 4 IRQ holder for PCI steering* 10 5 IRQ holder for PCI steering* 11 6 PCI-E x1 12 7 PS/2 Compatible Mouse Port* 13 8 Numeric Data Processor 14 9 Primary IDE Channel 15 10 Secondary IDE Channel * These IRQs are usually available for ISA or PCI devices. When using PCI cards on shared slots, ensure that the drivers support âÂÂShare IRQâ or that the cards do not need IRQ assignments. Otherwise, conflicts will arise between the two PCI groups, making the system unstable and the card inoperable. IRQ assignments for this motherboard IRQ assignments for this motherboard IRQ assignments for this motherboard IRQ assignments for this motherboard IRQ assignments for this motherboard A A A A A B B B B B C C C C C D D D D D PCI slot 1 â shared â â PCI slot 2 â â shared â PCIe x1 slot* Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Onboard USB controller 1 shared â â â Onboard USB controller 2 â â shared â Onboard USB controller 3 â shared â â Onboard USB controller 4 â â â shared Onboard USB 2.0 controller â â shared â Onboard LAN shared â â â Onboard audio â shared â â Onboard VGA shared â â âÂÂ
1-22 1-22 1-22 1-22 1-22 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction 1.8.4 1.8.4 1.8.4 1.8.4 1.8.4 PCI slots PCI slots PCI slots PCI slots PCI slots The PCI slots support cards such as a LAN card, SCSI card, USB card, and other cards that comply with PCI specifications. The figure shows a LAN card installed on a PCI slot. 1.8.5 1.8.5 1.8.5 1.8.5 1.8.5 PCI Express x1 slot PCI Express x1 slot PCI Express x1 slot PCI Express x1 slot PCI Express x1 slot This motherboard supports PCI Express x1 network cards, SCSI cards and other cards that comply with the PCI Express specifications. The figure shows a network card installed on the PCI Express x1 slot. 1.8.6 1.8.6 1.8.6 1.8.6 1.8.6 PCI Express x16 PCI Express x16 PCI Express x16 PCI Express x16 PCI Express x16 slot slot slot slot slot This motherboard supports PCI Express x16 graphic cards that comply with PCI Express specifications. The figure shows a graphics card installed on the PCI Express x16 slot. ⢠PCI-E x1 and eSATA cannot be used simultaneously. ⢠The default setting of this configuration is eSATA function. If you want to use the PCI-Express x1 function, set Ex-SATA/PCI-E*1 Ex-SATA/PCI-E*1 Ex-SATA/PCI-E*1 Ex-SATA/PCI-E*1 Ex-SATA/PCI-E*1 Option Option Option Option Option item in the BIOS to [PCI-E*1]. Refer to page 2-25 for details.
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 1-23 1-23 1-23 1-23 1-23 1.9 Jumpers 1. 1. 1. 1. 1. Clear RTC RAM (CLRTC) Clear RTC RAM (CLRTC) Clear RTC RAM (CLRTC) Clear RTC RAM (CLRTC) Clear RTC RAM (CLRTC) This jumper allows you to clear the Real Time Clock (RTC) RAM in CMOS. You can clear the CMOS memory of date, time, and system setup parameters by erasing the CMOS RTC RAM data. The onboard button cell battery powers the RAM data in CMOS, which include system setup information such as system passwords. To erase the RTC RAM: 1. Turn OFF the computer and unplug the power cord. 2. Remove the onboard battery. 3. Move the jumper cap from pins 1-2 (default) to pins 2-3. Keep the cap on pins 2-3 for about 5~10 seconds, then move the cap back to pins 1-2. 4. Re-install the battery. 5. Plug the power cord and turn ON the computer. 6. Hold down the <Del> key during the boot process and enter BIOS setup to re-enter data. Except when clearing the RTC RAM, never remove the cap on CLRTC jumper default position. Removing the cap will cause system boot failure! î Clear RTC RAM CLRTC Normal CLEAR (Default) 12 23 You do not need to clear the RTC when the system hangs due to overclocking. For system failure due to overclocking, use the C.P.R. (CPU Parameter Recall) feature. Shut down and reboot the system so the BIOS can automatically reset parameter settings to default values.
1-24 1-24 1-24 1-24 1-24 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. Keyboard power (3-pin KBPWR) Keyboard power (3-pin KBPWR) Keyboard power (3-pin KBPWR) Keyboard power (3-pin KBPWR) Keyboard power (3-pin KBPWR) This jumper allows you to enable or disable the keyboard wake-up feature. Set this jumper to pins 2-3 ( 5VSB) to wake up the computer when you press a key on the keyboard (the default is the Space Bar). This feature requires an ATX power supply that can supply at least 1A on the 5VSB lead, and a corresponding setting in the BIOS. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. USB device wake-up (3-pin USBPW12, USBPW34, USB device wake-up (3-pin USBPW12, USBPW34, USB device wake-up (3-pin USBPW12, USBPW34, USB device wake-up (3-pin USBPW12, USBPW34, USB device wake-up (3-pin USBPW12, USBPW34, USBPW56, USBPW78) USBPW56, USBPW78) USBPW56, USBPW78) USBPW56, USBPW78) USBPW56, USBPW78) Set these jumpers to 5V to wake up the computer from S1 sleep mode (CPU stopped, DRAM refreshed, system running in low power mode) using the connected USB devices. Set to 5VSB to wake up from S3 and S4 sleep modes (no power to CPU, DRAM in slow refresh, power supply in reduced power mode). The USBPWR12 and USBPWR34 jumpers are for the rear USB ports. The USBPWR56 and USBPWR78 jumper is for the internal USB connectors that you can connect to additional USB ports. î Keyboard power setting (Default) 5V 5VSB KBPWR 23 12 î 3 2 2 1 5V 5VSB USB device wake-up USBPW56 USBPW78 USBPW34 USBPW12 3 2 2 1 5V 5VSB
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 1-25 1-25 1-25 1-25 1-25 ⢠The USB device wake-up feature requires a power supply that can provide 500mA on the 5VSB lead for each USB port; otherwise, the system would not power up. ⢠The total current consumed must NOT exceed the power supply capability ( 5VSB) whether under normal condition or in sleep mode. Default for P5VD2-MX Default for P5VD2-MX Default for P5VD2-MX Default for P5VD2-MX Default for P5VD2-MX Default for P5V-VM DH Default for P5V-VM DH Default for P5V-VM DH Default for P5V-VM DH Default for P5V-VM DH Status USBPW12 USBPW32 USBPW56 USBPW78 Status USBPW12 USBPW32 USBPW56 USBPW78 Status USBPW12 USBPW32 USBPW56 USBPW78 Status USBPW12 USBPW32 USBPW56 USBPW78 Status USBPW12 USBPW32 USBPW56 USBPW78 5VSB ⢠⢠5V - - ⢠⢠Status USBPW12 USBPW32 USBPW56 USBPW78 Status USBPW12 USBPW32 USBPW56 USBPW78 Status USBPW12 USBPW32 USBPW56 USBPW78 Status USBPW12 USBPW32 USBPW56 USBPW78 Status USBPW12 USBPW32 USBPW56 USBPW78 5VSB ⢠⢠⢠⢠5V - - - - ⢠USB1 and USB2 ports are only for P5VD2-MX. ⢠USB9 port is only for P5V-VM DH. ⢠For P5V-VM DH, USBPW12 jumper controls USB 9 port.
1-26 1-26 1-26 1-26 1-26 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction 1.10 Connectors 1.10.1 1.10.1 1.10.1 1.10.1 1.10.1 Rear panel connectors Rear panel connectors Rear panel connectors Rear panel connectors Rear panel connectors 1. 1. 1. 1. 1. PS/2 mouse port (green). PS/2 mouse port (green). PS/2 mouse port (green). PS/2 mouse port (green). PS/2 mouse port (green). This port is for a PS/2 mouse. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. Parallel port. Parallel port. Parallel port. Parallel port. Parallel port. This 25-pin port connects a parallel printer, a scanner, or other devices. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. LAN (RJ-45) port. LAN (RJ-45) port. LAN (RJ-45) port. LAN (RJ-45) port. LAN (RJ-45) port. This port allows connection to a Local Area Network (LAN) through a network hub. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. Line In port (light blue). Line In port (light blue). Line In port (light blue). Line In port (light blue). Line In port (light blue). This port connects a tape, CD, DVD player, or other audio sources. In 4-channel and 6-channel configuration, the function of this port becomes Front Speaker Out. 5. 5. 5. 5. 5. Line Out port (lime). Line Out port (lime). Line Out port (lime). Line Out port (lime). Line Out port (lime). This port connects a headphone or a speaker. In 4-channel and 6-channel configuration, the function of this port becomes Rear Speaker Out. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. Microphone port (pink). Microphone port (pink). Microphone port (pink). Microphone port (pink). Microphone port (pink). This port connects a microphone. In a 6-channel configuration, the function of this port becomes Bass/ Center Speaker. Audio 2, 4, or 6-channel configuration Audio 2, 4, or 6-channel configuration Audio 2, 4, or 6-channel configuration Audio 2, 4, or 6-channel configuration Audio 2, 4, or 6-channel configuration Light Blue Line In Line In Bass/Center Lime Line Out Front Speaker Out Front Speaker Out Pink Mic In Rear Speaker Out Rear Speaker Out Port Port Port Port Port Headset Headset Headset Headset Headset 4-channel 4-channel 4-channel 4-channel 4-channel 6-channel 6-channel 6-channel 6-channel 6-channel 2-channel 2-channel 2-channel 2-channel 2-channel 10M Green 100M Y ellow LAN por tî LAN port LED indications LAN port LED indications LAN port LED indications LAN port LED indications LAN port LED indications Status Description Status Description Status Description Status Description Status Description OFF No link GREEN (R) 10 Mbps connection Yellow (L) 100 Mbps connection Refer to the audio configuration table for the function of the audio ports in 2, 4, or 6-channel configuration. 1 14 10 2 3 4 5 6 12 11 13 9 7 8
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 1-27 1-27 1-27 1-27 1-27 10. 10. 10. 10. 10. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2 USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2 USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2 USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2 USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2 (Only for P5VD2-MX) (Only for P5VD2-MX) (Only for P5VD2-MX) (Only for P5VD2-MX) (Only for P5VD2-MX) . . . . . These two 4- pin Universal Serial Bus (USB) ports are available for connecting USB 2.0 devices. 11. 11. 11. 11. 11. USB 2.0 ports 3 and 4. USB 2.0 ports 3 and 4. USB 2.0 ports 3 and 4. USB 2.0 ports 3 and 4. USB 2.0 ports 3 and 4. These two 4-pin Universal Serial Bus (USB) ports are available for connecting USB 2.0 devices. 12. 12. 12. 12. 12. VGA port. VGA port. VGA port. VGA port. VGA port. This 15-pin VGA port connects to a VGA monitor. 13. 13. 13. 13. 13. External SATA port. External SATA port. External SATA port. External SATA port. External SATA port. This port connects to an external SATA box or a Serial ATA port multiplier. 14. 14. 14. 14. 14. PS/2 keyboard port (purple). PS/2 keyboard port (purple). PS/2 keyboard port (purple). PS/2 keyboard port (purple). PS/2 keyboard port (purple). This port is for a PS/2 keyboard. 7. 7. 7. 7. 7. WIFI-AP Solo LED indicator WIFI-AP Solo LED indicator WIFI-AP Solo LED indicator WIFI-AP Solo LED indicator WIFI-AP Solo LED indicator (Only for P5V-VM DH). (Only for P5V-VM DH). (Only for P5V-VM DH). (Only for P5V-VM DH). (Only for P5V-VM DH). The WIFI- AP Solo comes with a green data transmission LED (AIR). Refer to the ASUS WiFi-AP Solo user guide. 8. 8. 8. 8. 8. Antenna jack Antenna jack Antenna jack Antenna jack Antenna jack (Only for P5V-VM DH) (Only for P5V-VM DH) (Only for P5V-VM DH) (Only for P5V-VM DH) (Only for P5V-VM DH) . . . . . This port is on the onboard wireless LAN module that allows you to set up a wireless network and exchange information with other wireless devices without tangling cables and wires. Connect the moveable omni-directional antenna to this jack. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. USB 2.0 port 9 USB 2.0 port 9 USB 2.0 port 9 USB 2.0 port 9 USB 2.0 port 9 (Only for P5V-VM DH) (Only for P5V-VM DH) (Only for P5V-VM DH) (Only for P5V-VM DH) (Only for P5V-VM DH) . . . . . This 4-pin Universal Serial Bus (USB) port is available for connecting a USB 2.0 device. The external SATA port supports external Serial ATA 1.5 and 3 Gb/s devices. Longer cables support higher power requirements to deliver signal up to two meters away, and enables improved hot-swap function. Do not insert a different connector to this port.
1-28 1-28 1-28 1-28 1-28 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction 1.10.2 1.10.2 1.10.2 1.10.2 1.10.2 Internal connectors Internal connectors Internal connectors Internal connectors Internal connectors 1. 1. 1. 1. 1. Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) This connector is for the provided floppy disk drive (FDD) signal cable. Insert one end of the cable to this connector, then connect the other end to the signal connector at the back of the floppy disk drive. Pin 5 on the connector is removed to prevent incorrect cable connection when using an FDD cable with a covered Pin 5. î NOTE: Orient the red markings on the floppy ribbon cable to PIN 1. Floppy disk drive connector FLOPPY PIN 1
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 1-29 1-29 1-29 1-29 1-29 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. Primary/Secondary IDE connectors (40-1 pin PRI_IDE Primary/Secondary IDE connectors (40-1 pin PRI_IDE Primary/Secondary IDE connectors (40-1 pin PRI_IDE Primary/Secondary IDE connectors (40-1 pin PRI_IDE Primary/Secondary IDE connectors (40-1 pin PRI_IDE [blue]; 40-1 pin SEC_IDE [black]) [blue]; 40-1 pin SEC_IDE [black]) [blue]; 40-1 pin SEC_IDE [black]) [blue]; 40-1 pin SEC_IDE [black]) [blue]; 40-1 pin SEC_IDE [black]) The onboard IDE connectors are for Ultra DMA 133/100/66 signal cables. There are three connectors on each Ultra DMA 133/100/66 signal cable: blue, black, and gray. Connect the blue connector to the motherboard's IDE connector, then select one of the following modes to configure your device(s). ⢠Pin 20 on the IDE connector is removed to match the covered hole on the Ultra DMA cable connector. This prevents incorrect insertion when you connect the IDE cable. ⢠Use the 80-conductor IDE cable for Ultra DMA 100/66 IDE devices. Black or gray Drive jumper Drive jumper Drive jumper Drive jumper Drive jumper Mode Mode Mode Mode Mode Cable Cable Cable Cable Cable setting setting setting setting setting of device(s) of device(s) of device(s) of device(s) of device(s) connector connector connector connector connector Single device Cable-Select or Master - Black Two devices Cable-Select Master Black Slave Gray Master Master Slave Slave î IDE connectors NOTE: Orient the red markings (usually zigzag) on the IDE ribbon cable to PIN 1. SEC_IDE PIN 1 PRI_IDE If any device jumper is set as "Cable-Select," make sure all other device jumpers have the same setting.
1-30 1-30 1-30 1-30 1-30 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. Serial ATA connectors (7-pin SATA1, SATA2) Serial ATA connectors (7-pin SATA1, SATA2) Serial ATA connectors (7-pin SATA1, SATA2) Serial ATA connectors (7-pin SATA1, SATA2) Serial ATA connectors (7-pin SATA1, SATA2) These connectors are for the Serial ATA signal cables for Serial ATA 1.5 Gb/s hard disk drives. If you installed Serial ATA hard disk drives, you can can create a RAID 0, RAID 1, and JBOD configuration through the onboard VIA VT8237A RAID controller. Important notes on Serial ATA Important notes on Serial ATA Important notes on Serial ATA Important notes on Serial ATA Important notes on Serial ATA ⢠The Serial ATA RAID feature (RAID 0, RAID 1, and JBOD) is available only if you are using Windows î 2000/2003 Server/XP operation system. ⢠Install the Windows î 2000 Service Pack 4, the Windows î XP Service Pack1 or later version before using Serial ATA. ⢠Please refer to section â Onboard Devices Configuration Onboard Devices Configuration Onboard Devices Configuration Onboard Devices Configuration Onboard Devices Configuration â i n the BIOS for details on SATA RAID configuration. î SA T A connectors GND RSA T A_TXP1 RSA T A_TXN1 GND RSA T A_RXP1 RSA T A_RXN1 GND S ATA 1 GND RSA T A_TXP2 RSA T A_TXN2 GND RSA T A_RXP2 RSA T A_RXN2 GND S ATA 2 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. Jmicron Serial ATA RAID connector (7-pin SATA_A) Jmicron Serial ATA RAID connector (7-pin SATA_A) Jmicron Serial ATA RAID connector (7-pin SATA_A) Jmicron Serial ATA RAID connector (7-pin SATA_A) Jmicron Serial ATA RAID connector (7-pin SATA_A) This connector is for a Serial ATA signal cable for a Serial ATA hard disk drive that you can combine with an external Serial ATA 3 Gb/s device to configure a RAID 0, RAID 1, and JBOD set through the onboard Jmicron SATA RAID controller. Do not remove/unplug external SATA devices when running under RAID mode. î SA T A RAID connector SA T A_A GND RSA T A_TXP2 RSA T A_TXN2 GND RSA T A_RXP2 RSA T A_RXN2 GND
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 1-31 1-31 1-31 1-31 1-31 5. 5. 5. 5. 5. CPU and Chassis fan connectors CPU and Chassis fan connectors CPU and Chassis fan connectors CPU and Chassis fan connectors CPU and Chassis fan connectors (4-pin CPU_FAN, 3-pin CHA_FAN) (4-pin CPU_FAN, 3-pin CHA_FAN) (4-pin CPU_FAN, 3-pin CHA_FAN) (4-pin CPU_FAN, 3-pin CHA_FAN) (4-pin CPU_FAN, 3-pin CHA_FAN) The fan connectors support cooling fans of 350mA~740mA (8.88W max.) or a total of 1A~2.22A (26.64W max.) at 12V. Connect the fan cables to the fan connectors on the motherboard, making sure that the black wire of each cable matches the ground pin of the connector. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. Digital Audio connector (4-1 pin SPDIF_OUT) Digital Audio connector (4-1 pin SPDIF_OUT) Digital Audio connector (4-1 pin SPDIF_OUT) Digital Audio connector (4-1 pin SPDIF_OUT) Digital Audio connector (4-1 pin SPDIF_OUT) This connector is for the S/PDIF audio module to allow digital sound output. Connect one end of the S/PDIF audio cable to this connector and the other end to the S/PDIF module. The S/PDIF out module is purchased separately. Do not forget to connect the fan cables to the fan connectors. Insufficient air flow inside the system may damage the motherboard components. These are not jumpers! DO NOT place jumper caps on the fan connectors. î Fan connectors CPU_F AN CHA_F AN GND Rotation 12V GND CPU F AN PWR CPU F AN IN CPU F AN PWM î Digital audio connector 5V SPDIFOUT GND SPDIF_OUT
1-32 1-32 1-32 1-32 1-32 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction 7. 7. 7. 7. 7. ATX power connectors (24-pin EATXPWR, ATX power connectors (24-pin EATXPWR, ATX power connectors (24-pin EATXPWR, ATX power connectors (24-pin EATXPWR, ATX power connectors (24-pin EATXPWR, 4-pin ATX12V) 4-pin ATX12V) 4-pin ATX12V) 4-pin ATX12V) 4-pin ATX12V) These connectors are for an ATX power supply. The plugs from the power supply are designed to fit these connectors in only one orientation. Find the proper orientation and push down firmly until the connectors completely fit. ⢠Do not forget to connect the 4-pin ATX 12 V power plug; otherwise, the system will not boot up. ⢠Use a PSU with a minimum power rating of 300 W on this motherboard. Use of a PSU with a higher power output is recommended when configuring a system with more power-consuming devices. The system may become unstable or may not boot up if the power is inadequate. 8. 8. 8. 8. 8. Serial port connector (10-1 pin COM2) Serial port connector (10-1 pin COM2) Serial port connector (10-1 pin COM2) Serial port connector (10-1 pin COM2) Serial port connector (10-1 pin COM2) This connector is for a serial (COM) port. Connect the serial port module cable to this connector, then install the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. The Serial (COM) port module is purchased separately. î A TX power connectors EA TXPWR A TX12V 12V DC GND 12V DC GND 3 V olts 3 V olts Ground 5 V olts 5 V olts Ground Ground Power OK 5V Standby 12 V olts -5 V olts 5 V olts 3 V olts -12 V olts Ground Ground Ground PSON# Ground 5 V olts 12 V olts 3 V olts 5 V olts Ground î COM port connector PIN 1 COM2
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 1-33 1-33 1-33 1-33 1-33 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. Internal audio connectors (4-pin CD, AUX) Internal audio connectors (4-pin CD, AUX) Internal audio connectors (4-pin CD, AUX) Internal audio connectors (4-pin CD, AUX) Internal audio connectors (4-pin CD, AUX) These connectors allow you to receive stereo audio input from sound sources such as a CD-ROM, TV tuner, MPEG card or modem. 10. 10. 10. 10. 10. USB connectors (10-1 pin USB56, USB78) USB connectors (10-1 pin USB56, USB78) USB connectors (10-1 pin USB56, USB78) USB connectors (10-1 pin USB56, USB78) USB connectors (10-1 pin USB56, USB78) These connectors are for USB 2.0 ports. Connect the optional USB module cable to any of these connectors, then install the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. These USB connectors comply with USB 2.0 specification that supports up to 480 Mbps connection speed. Never connect a 1394 cable 1394 cable 1394 cable 1394 cable 1394 cable t o the USB connectors. Doing so will damage the motherboard! The USB module is purchased separately. î Internal audio connectors CD(Black) AUX(White) Right Audio Channel Left Audio Channel Ground Ground î USB 2.0 connectors USB56 USB 5V USB_P6- USB_P6 GND NC USB 5V USB_P5- USB_P5 GND 1 USB78 USB 5V USB_P8- USB_P8 GND NC USB 5V USB_P7- USB_P7 GND 1
1-34 1-34 1-34 1-34 1-34 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction 11. 11. 11. 11. 11. Front panel audio connector (10-1 pin AAFP) Front panel audio connector (10-1 pin AAFP) Front panel audio connector (10-1 pin AAFP) Front panel audio connector (10-1 pin AAFP) Front panel audio connector (10-1 pin AAFP) This connector is for a chassis-mounted front panel audio I/O module that supports either High Definition Audio or legacy AC âÂÂ97 audio standard. Connect one end of the front panel audio I/O module cable to this connector. ⢠Use a chassis that provides a high-definition audio front panel audio I/O to use the high-definition audio features. ⢠The default setting of this connector is legacy ACâÂÂ97 audio, if you want to use the High-Definition (Azalia) audio features, set the Front Panel Support Type Front Panel Support Type Front Panel Support Type Front Panel Support Type Front Panel Support Type i n the BIOS to Azalia. 12. 12. 12. 12. 12. Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) This connector is for a chassis-mounted intrusion detection sensor or switch. Connect one end of the chassis intrusion sensor or switch cable to this connector. The chassis intrusion sensor or switch sends a high-level signal to this connector when a chassis component is removed or replaced. The signal is then generated as a chassis intrusion event. By default, the pins labeled âÂÂChassis Signalâ and âÂÂGroundâ are shorted with a jumper cap. Remove the jumper caps only when you intend to use the chassis intrusion detection feature. î Chassis intrusion connector CHASSIS 5VSB_MB Chassis Signal GND (Default) î Analog front panel connector AAFP Legacy ACâÂÂ97-compliant pin definition NC MIC2 Line out_R Line out_L NC NC MICPWR NC AGND PORT1 R SENSE2_RETUR PORT1 L PORT2 R PORT2 L SENSE1_RETUR SENSE_SEND PRESENCE# GND Azalia-compliant pin definition
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 1-35 1-35 1-35 1-35 1-35 13. 13. 13. 13. 13. MP3-In connector (4-pin MP3IN [red]) MP3-In connector (4-pin MP3IN [red]) MP3-In connector (4-pin MP3IN [red]) MP3-In connector (4-pin MP3IN [red]) MP3-In connector (4-pin MP3IN [red]) (Only for P5V-VM DH) (Only for P5V-VM DH) (Only for P5V-VM DH) (Only for P5V-VM DH) (Only for P5V-VM DH) This connector is for the MP3-In module that allows you to connect your MP3 player to the speakers of the computer. For more information, refer to the MP3_In⢠quick installation guide for details. î MP3 connector MP3IN Right Audio Channel Left Audio Channel Ground Ground ⢠The MP3-In module is bundled with the motherboard package. Connect the cable to the MP3IN connector, and enjoy music from computer speakers even when the PC is turned off. ⢠Do not plug the MP3-In cable into the Audio-in connector.
1-36 1-36 1-36 1-36 1-36 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction 14. 14. 14. 14. 14. System panel connector (20-1 pin F_PANEL) System panel connector (20-1 pin F_PANEL) System panel connector (20-1 pin F_PANEL) System panel connector (20-1 pin F_PANEL) System panel connector (20-1 pin F_PANEL) This connector supports several chassis-mounted functions. The sytem panel connector is color-coded for easy connection. Refer to the connector description below for details. ⢠System power LED (Green 3-pin PLED) System power LED (Green 3-pin PLED) System power LED (Green 3-pin PLED) System power LED (Green 3-pin PLED) System power LED (Green 3-pin PLED) This 3-pin connector is for the system power LED. Connect the chassis power LED cable to this connector. The system power LED lights up when you turn on the system power, and blinks when the system is in sleep mode. ⢠Hard disk drive activity LED (Red 2-pin IDE_LED) Hard disk drive activity LED (Red 2-pin IDE_LED) Hard disk drive activity LED (Red 2-pin IDE_LED) Hard disk drive activity LED (Red 2-pin IDE_LED) Hard disk drive activity LED (Red 2-pin IDE_LED) This 2-pin connector is for the HDD Activity LED. Connect the HDD Activity LED cable to this connector. The IDE LED lights up or flashes when data is read from or written to the HDD. ⢠System warning speaker (Orange 4-pin SPEAKER) System warning speaker (Orange 4-pin SPEAKER) System warning speaker (Orange 4-pin SPEAKER) System warning speaker (Orange 4-pin SPEAKER) System warning speaker (Orange 4-pin SPEAKER) This 4-pin connector is for the chassis-mounted system warning speaker. The speaker allows you to hear system beeps and warnings. ⢠Power/Soft-off button (Yellow 2-pin PWRSW) Power/Soft-off button (Yellow 2-pin PWRSW) Power/Soft-off button (Yellow 2-pin PWRSW) Power/Soft-off button (Yellow 2-pin PWRSW) Power/Soft-off button (Yellow 2-pin PWRSW) This connector is for the system power button. Pressing the power button turns the system ON or puts the system in SLEEP or SOFT-OFF mode depending on the BIOS settings. Pressing the power switch for more than four seconds while the system is ON turns the system OFF. ⢠Reset button (Blue 2-pin RESET) Reset button (Blue 2-pin RESET) Reset button (Blue 2-pin RESET) Reset button (Blue 2-pin RESET) Reset button (Blue 2-pin RESET) This 2-pin connector is for the chassis-mounted reset button for system reboot without turning off the system power. î System panel connector * Requires an A TX power supply . PLED- PWR 5V Speaker PLED Ground RESET Ground Reset Ground Ground PLED IDE_LED- IDE_LED IDE_LED SPEAKER PWRSW P ANEL
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 2-1 2-1 2-1 2-1 2-1 2 BIOS setup This chapter tells how to change the system settings through the BIOS Setup menus. Detailed descriptions of the BIOS parameters are also provided.
2-2 2-2 2-2 2-2 2-2 Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup 2.1 Managing and updating your BIOS The following utilities allow you to manage and update the motherboard Basic Input/Output System (BIOS) setup. 1. ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update (Updates the BIOS in Windows î environment.) 2. ASUS EZ Flash ASUS EZ Flash ASUS EZ Flash ASUS EZ Flash ASUS EZ Flash (Updates the BIOS using a floppy disk during POST.) 3. Award BIOS Flash Utility Award BIOS Flash Utility Award BIOS Flash Utility Award BIOS Flash Utility Award BIOS Flash Utility (Updates the BIOS in DOS mode using a bootable floppy disk.) 4. ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 (Updates the BIOS using a bootable floppy disk or the motherboard support CD when the BIOS file fails or gets corrupted.) Refer to the corresponding sections for details on these utilities. Save a copy of the original motherboard BIOS file to a bootable floppy disk in case you need to restore the BIOS in the future. Copy the original motherboard BIOS using the ASUS Update or Award BIOS Flash utilities. Installing ASUS Update Installing ASUS Update Installing ASUS Update Installing ASUS Update Installing ASUS Update To install ASUS Update: 1. Place the support CD in the optical drive. The Drivers Drivers Drivers Drivers Drivers menu appears. 2. Click the Utilities Utilities Utilities Utilities Utilities tab, then click Install ASUS Update Install ASUS Update Install ASUS Update Install ASUS Update Install ASUS Update VX.XX.XX VX.XX.XX VX.XX.XX VX.XX.XX VX.XX.XX . See page 3-4 for the Utilities Utilities Utilities Utilities Utilities screen menu. 3. The ASUS Update utility is copied to your system. 2.1.1 2.1.1 2.1.1 2.1.1 2.1.1 ASUS Update utility ASUS Update utility ASUS Update utility ASUS Update utility ASUS Update utility The ASUS Update is a utility that allows you to manage, save, and update the motherboard BIOS in Windows î environment. The ASUS Update utility allows you to: ⢠Save the current BIOS file ⢠Download the latest BIOS file from the Internet ⢠Update the BIOS from an updated BIOS file ⢠Update the BIOS directly from the Internet, and ⢠View the BIOS version information. This utility is available in the support CD that comes with the motherboard package. ASUS Update requires an Internet connection either through a network or an Internet Service Provider (ISP). Quit all Windows î applications before you update the BIOS using this utility.
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 2-3 2-3 2-3 2-3 2-3 3. Select the ASUS FTP site nearest you to avoid network traffic, or click Auto Select Auto Select Auto Select Auto Select Auto Select . Click Next Next Next Next Next . Updating the BIOS through the Internet Updating the BIOS through the Internet Updating the BIOS through the Internet Updating the BIOS through the Internet Updating the BIOS through the Internet To update the BIOS through the Internet: 1. Launch the ASUS Update utility from the Windows î desktop by clicking Start Start Start Start Start > Programs Programs Programs Programs Programs > ASUS ASUS ASUS ASUS ASUS > ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate > ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate . T h e ASUS Update main window appears. 2. Select Update BIOS from Update BIOS from Update BIOS from Update BIOS from Update BIOS from the Internet the Internet the Internet the Internet the Internet option from the drop-down menu, then click Next Next Next Next Next .
2-4 2-4 2-4 2-4 2-4 Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Updating the BIOS through a BIOS file Updating the BIOS through a BIOS file Updating the BIOS through a BIOS file Updating the BIOS through a BIOS file Updating the BIOS through a BIOS file To update the BIOS through a BIOS file: 1. Launch the ASUS Update utility from the Windows î desktop by clicking Start Start Start Start Start > Programs Programs Programs Programs Programs > ASUS ASUS ASUS ASUS ASUS > ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate > ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate . The ASUS Update main window appears. 2. Select Update BIOS from a Update BIOS from a Update BIOS from a Update BIOS from a Update BIOS from a file file file file file option from the drop-down menu, then click Next Next Next Next Next . 4. From the FTP site, select the BIOS version that you wish to download. Click Next. 5. Follow the screen instructions to complete the update process. The ASUS Update utility is capable of updating itself through the Internet. Always update the utility to avail all its features. 3. Locate the BIOS file from the Open Open Open Open Open window, then click Save Save Save Save Save . 4. Follow the screen instructions to complete the update process.
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 2-5 2-5 2-5 2-5 2-5 e. Press <Enter>, then follow screen instructions to continue. 2. Copy the original or the latest motherboard BIOS file to the bootable floppy disk. 2.1.2 2.1.2 2.1.2 2.1.2 2.1.2 Creating a bootable floppy disk Creating a bootable floppy disk Creating a bootable floppy disk Creating a bootable floppy disk Creating a bootable floppy disk 1. Do either one of the following to create a bootable floppy disk. DOS environment a. Insert a 1.44MB floppy disk into the drive. b. At the DOS prompt, type format A:/S then press <Enter>. Windows î XP environment a. Insert a 1.44 MB floppy disk to the floppy disk drive. b. Click Start Start Start Start Start from the Windows î desktop, then select My My My My My Computer Computer Computer Computer Computer . c. Select the 3 1/2 Floppy Drive icon. d. Click File File File File File from the menu, then select Format Format Format Format Format . A Format 3 1/2 Format 3 1/2 Format 3 1/2 Format 3 1/2 Format 3 1/2 Floppy Disk Floppy Disk Floppy Disk Floppy Disk Floppy Disk window appears. e. Select Create an MS-DOS startup disk Create an MS-DOS startup disk Create an MS-DOS startup disk Create an MS-DOS startup disk Create an MS-DOS startup disk from the format options field, then click Start Start Start Start Start . Windows î 2000 environment To create a set of boot disks for Windows î 2000: a. Insert a formatted, high density 1.44 MB floppy disk into the drive. b. Insert the Windows î 2000 CD to the optical drive. c. Click Start Start Start Start Start , then select Run Run Run Run Run . d. From the Open field, type D:\bootdisk\makeboot a: assuming that D: is your optical drive.
2-6 2-6 2-6 2-6 2-6 Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup 4. Insert the floppy disk that contains the BIOS file to the floppy disk drive then press <Enter>. The following screen appears. To update the BIOS using EZ Flash: 1. Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) to download the latest BIOS file for the motherboard. 2. Save the BIOS file to a floppy disk, then restart the system. 3. Press <Alt> <F2> during POST to display the following. Insert Disk then press Enter or ESC to continue POST 2.1.3 2.1.3 2.1.3 2.1.3 2.1.3 ASUS EZ Flash utility ASUS EZ Flash utility ASUS EZ Flash utility ASUS EZ Flash utility ASUS EZ Flash utility The ASUS EZ Flash feature allows you to update the BIOS without having to go through the long process of booting from a floppy disk and using a DOS-based utility. The EZ Flash utility is built-in the BIOS chip so it is accessible by pressing <Alt> <F2> during the Power-On Self Tests (POST). Do not shut down or reset the system while updating the BIOS to prevent system boot failure! 5. When the correct BIOS file is found, EZ Flash performs the BIOS update process and automatically reboots the system when done. AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.14 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved Message: Please wait... For NF-CK804-P5VD2-MX-00 DATE: 04/13/2006 Flash Type - PMC Pm49FL004T LPC/FWH File Name to Program:
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 2-7 2-7 2-7 2-7 2-7 2.1.4 2.1.4 2.1.4 2.1.4 2.1.4 Updating the BIOS Updating the BIOS Updating the BIOS Updating the BIOS Updating the BIOS The Basic Input/Output System (BIOS) can be updated using the AwardBIOS Flash Utility. Follow these instructions to update the BIOS using this utility. 1. Download the latest BIOS file from the ASUS web site. Rename the file to P5VD2-MX.BIN P5VD2-MX.BIN P5VD2-MX.BIN P5VD2-MX.BIN P5VD2-MX.BIN and save it to a floppy disk. Save only the updated BIOS file in the floppy disk to avoid loading the wrong BIOS file. 2. Copy the AwardBIOS Flash Utility (awdflash.exe) from the Software folder of the support CD to the floppy disk with the latest BIOS file. 3. Boot the system in DOS mode using the bootable floppy disk you created earlier. 4. When the A:> A:> A:> A:> A : > appears, replace the bootable floppy disk with the floppy disk containing the new BIOS file and the Award BIOS Flash Utility. 5. At the prompt, type awdflash awdflash awdflash awdflash awdflash then press <Enter>. The Award BIOS Flash Utility screen appears. AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.14 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved Message: Please input File Name! For NF-CK804-P5VD2-MX-00 DATE: 04/13/2006 Flash Type - PMC Pm49FL004T LPC/FWH File Name to Program: AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.14 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved For NF-CK804-P5VD2-MX-00 DATE: 04/13/2006 Flash Type - PMC Pm49FL004T LPC/FWH File Name to Program: 0104.bin Message: Do You Want To Save Bios (Y/N) 6. Type the BIOS file name in the File Name to File Name to File Name to File Name to File Name to Program Program Program Program Program field, then press <Enter>.
2-8 2-8 2-8 2-8 2-8 Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup 7. Press <N> when the utility prompts you to save the current BIOS file. The following screen appears. 8. The utility verifies the BIOS file in the floppy disk and starts flashing the BIOS file. Do not turn off or reset the system during the flashing process! AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.14 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved Warning: DonâÂÂt Turn Off Power Or Reset System! 9. The utility displays a Flashing Complete Flashing Complete Flashing Complete Flashing Complete Flashing Complete message indicating that you have successfully flashed the BIOS file. Remove the floppy disk then press <F1> to restart the system. AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.14 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved F1 Reset For NF-CK804-P5VD2-MX-00 DATE: 04/13/2006 Flash Type - PMC Pm49FL004T LPC/FWH File Name to Program: 0104.bin Flashing Complete Press <F1> to Continue Write OK No Update Write Fail For NF-CK804-P5VD2-MX-00 DATE: 04/13/2006 Flash Type - PMC Pm49FL004T LPC/FWH File Name to Program: 0104.bin Programming Flash Memory - OFE00 OK Write OK No Update Write Fail
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 2-9 2-9 2-9 2-9 2-9 2.1.4 2.1.4 2.1.4 2.1.4 2.1.4 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 utility ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 utility ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 utility ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 utility ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 utility The ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 is an auto recovery tool that allows you to restore the BIOS file when it fails or gets corrupted during the updating process. You can update a corrupted BIOS file using the motherboard support CD or the floppy disk that contains the updated BIOS file. Recovering the BIOS from a floppy disk Recovering the BIOS from a floppy disk Recovering the BIOS from a floppy disk Recovering the BIOS from a floppy disk Recovering the BIOS from a floppy disk To recover the BIOS from a floppy disk: 1. Turn on the system. 2. Insert the floppy disk with the original or updated BIOS file to the floppy disk drive. 3. The utility displays the following message and automatically checks the floppy disk for the original or updated BIOS file. Bad BIOS checksum. Starting BIOS recovery... Checking for floppy... 4. Restart the system after the utility completes the updating process. Bad BIOS checksum. Starting BIOS recovery... Checking for floppy... Floppy found! Reading file âÂÂP5VD2MX.ROMâÂÂ. Completed. Start flashing... When found, the utility reads the BIOS file and starts flashing the corrupted BIOS file. DO NOT shut down or reset the system while updating the BIOS! Doing so can cause system boot failure! ⢠Prepare the motherboard support CD or the floppy disk containing the updated motherboard BIOS before using this utility. ⢠Make sure that you rename the original or updated BIOS file in the floppy disk to P5VD2MX.ROM/P5V-VM DH.ROM P5VD2MX.ROM/P5V-VM DH.ROM P5VD2MX.ROM/P5V-VM DH.ROM P5VD2MX.ROM/P5V-VM DH.ROM P5VD2MX.ROM/P5V-VM DH.ROM . To use CrashFree BIOS2 feature on motherboards with onboard VGA, you will not see the screen display when the BIOS crashes even when you reboot the system. Install a graphics card into the expansion slot before rebooting the computer to display BIOS recovery message.
2-10 2-10 2-10 2-10 2-10 Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup The recovered BIOS may not be the latest BIOS version for this motherboard. Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) to download the latest BIOS file. Recovering the BIOS from the support CD Recovering the BIOS from the support CD Recovering the BIOS from the support CD Recovering the BIOS from the support CD Recovering the BIOS from the support CD To recover the BIOS from the support CD: 1. Remove any floppy disk from the floppy disk drive, then turn on the system. 2. Insert the support CD to the optical drive. 3. The utility displays the following message and automatically checks the floppy disk for the original or updated BIOS file. 4. Restart the system after the utility completes the updating process. DO NOT shut down or reset the system while updating the BIOS! Doing so can cause system boot failure! Bad BIOS checksum. Starting BIOS recovery... Checking for floppy... Floppy not found! Checking for CD-ROM... CD-ROM found! Reading file âÂÂP5VD2MX.ROMâÂÂ. Completed. Start flashing... When no floppy disk is found, the utility automatically checks the optical drive for the original or updated BIOS file. The utility then updates the corrupted BIOS file. Bad BIOS checksum. Starting BIOS recovery... Checking for floppy...
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 2-11 2-11 2-11 2-11 2-11 2.2 BIOS setup program This motherboard supports a programmable firmware chip that you can update using the provided utility described in section â 2.1 Managing and updating your BIOS.â Use the BIOS Setup program when you are installing a motherboard, reconfiguring your system, or prompted to âÂÂRun SetupâÂÂ. This section explains how to configure your system using this utility. Even if you are not prompted to use the Setup program, you can change the configuration of your computer in the future. For example, you can enable the security password feature or change the power management settings. This requires you to reconfigure your system using the BIOS Setup program so that the computer can recognize these changes and record them in the CMOS RAM of the firmware hub. The firmware hub on the motherboard stores the Setup utility. When you start up the computer, the system provides you with the opportunity to run this program. Press <Del> during the Power-On Self-Test (POST) to enter the Setup utility; otherwise, POST continues with its test routines. If you wish to enter Setup after POST, restart the system by pressing <Ctrl Alt Delete>, or by pressing the reset button on the system chassis. You can also restart by turning the system off and then back on. Do this last option only if the first two failed. The Setup program is designed to make it as easy to use as possible. Being a menu-driven program, it lets you scroll through the various sub-menus and make your selections from the available options using the navigation keys. ⢠The default BIOS settings for this motherboard apply for most conditions to ensure optimum performance. If the system becomes unstable after changing any BIOS settings, load the default settings to ensure system compatibility and stability. Select the Load Load Load Load Load Default Settings Default Settings Default Settings Default Settings Default Settings item under the Exit Menu. See section âÂÂ2.7 Exit Menu.â â¢ The BIOS setup screens shown in this section are for reference purposes only, and may not exactly match what you see on your screen. ⢠Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) to download the latest BIOS file for this motherboard and .
2-12 2-12 2-12 2-12 2-12 Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup 2.2.1 2.2.1 2.2.1 2.2.1 2.2.1 BIOS menu screen BIOS menu screen BIOS menu screen BIOS menu screen BIOS menu screen Select Menu Item Specific Help Change the day, month, year and century. Legend bar Legend bar Legend bar Legend bar Legend bar General help General help General help General help General help Menu bar Menu bar Menu bar Menu bar Menu bar Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Configuration fields Configuration fields Configuration fields Configuration fields Configuration fields Menu items Menu items Menu items Menu items Menu items Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Power Boot Exit F1:Help âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit â â â â â â â â â â : Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit System Time 15 : 30 : 36 System Date Mon, Mar 2 2006 Legacy Diskette A: [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Primary IDE Master [ST321122A] Primary IDE Slave [ASUS CDS520/A] Secondary IDE Master [None] Secondary IDE Slave [None] SATA 1 [None] SATA 2 [None] HDD SMART Monitoring [Disabled] Installed Memory 512MB Usable Memory 512MB 2.2.2 2.2.2 2.2.2 2.2.2 2.2.2 Menu bar Menu bar Menu bar Menu bar Menu bar The menu bar on top of the screen has the following main items: Main Main Main Main Main For changing the basic system configuration Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced For changing the advanced system settings Power Power Power Power Power For changing the advanced power management (APM) configuration Boot Boot Boot Boot Boot For changing the system boot configuration Exit Exit Exit Exit Exit For selecting the exit options and loading default settings To select an item on the menu bar, press the right or left arrow key on the keyboard until the desired item is highlighted. ⢠The BIOS setup screens shown in this chapter are for reference purposes only, and may not exactly match what you see on your screen. ⢠Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) to download the latest BIOS information.
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 2-13 2-13 2-13 2-13 2-13 2.2.4 2.2.4 2.2.4 2.2.4 2.2.4 Menu items Menu items Menu items Menu items Menu items The highlighted item on the menu bar displays the specific items for that menu. For example, selecting Main Main Main Main Main shows the Main menu items. The other items (Advanced, Power, Boot, and Exit) on the menu bar have their respective menu items. 2.2.5 2.2.5 2.2.5 2.2.5 2.2.5 Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Sub-menu items A solid triangle before each item on any menu screen means that the iteam has a sub-menu. To display the sub-menu, select the item and press <Enter>. 2.2.6 2.2.6 2.2.6 2.2.6 2.2.6 Configuration fields Configuration fields Configuration fields Configuration fields Configuration fields These fields show the values for the menu items. If an item is user-configurable, you can change the value of the field opposite the item. You cannot select an item that is not user-configurable. A configurable field is enclosed in brackets, and is highlighted when selected. To change the value of a field, select it then press <Enter> to display a list of options. Refer to âÂÂ2.2.7 Pop-up window.â 2.2.3 2.2.3 2.2.3 2.2.3 2.2.3 Legend bar Legend bar Legend bar Legend bar Legend bar At the bottom of the Setup screen is a legend bar. The keys in the legend bar allow you to navigate through the various setup menus. The following table lists the keys found in the legend bar with their corresponding functions. Navigation Key Navigation Key Navigation Key Navigation Key Navigation Key Function Function Function Function Function <F1> <F1> <F1> <F1> <F1> Displays the General Help screen <F5> <F5> <F5> <F5> <F5> Loads setup default values <Esc> <Esc> <Esc> <Esc> <Esc> Exits the BIOS setup or returns to the main menu from a sub-menu Left or Right arrow Left or Right arrow Left or Right arrow Left or Right arrow Left or Right arrow Selects the menu item to the left or right Up or Down arrow Up or Down arrow Up or Down arrow Up or Down arrow U p o r D o w n a r r o w Moves the highlight up or down between fields Page Down or â (minus) Page Down or â (minus) Page Down or â (minus) Page Down or â (minus) Page Down or â (minus) Scrolls backward through the values for the highlighted field Page Up or (plus) Page Up or (plus) Page Up or (plus) Page Up or (plus) Page Up or (plus) Scrolls forward through the values for the highlighted field <Enter> <Enter> <Enter> <Enter> <Enter> Brings up a selection menu for the highlighted field <F10> <F10> <F10> <F10> <F10> Saves changes and exit
2-14 2-14 2-14 2-14 2-14 Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup 2.2.7 2.2.7 2.2.7 2.2.7 2.2.7 Pop-up window Pop-up window Pop-up window Pop-up window Pop-up window Select a menu item then press <Enter> to display a pop-up window with the configuration options for that item. F1:Help âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Power Boot Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Specifies the capacity and physical size of diskette drive A. System Time 15 : 30 : 36 System Date Mon, Mar 03 2006 Legacy Diskette A: [1.44M, 3.5 in. Primary IDE Master [ST321122A] Primary IDE Slave [ASUS CDS520/A] Secondary IDE Master [None] Secondary IDE Slave [None] SATA 1 [None] SATA 2 [None] HDD SMART Monitoring [Disabled] Installed Memory 256MB 2.2.8 2.2.8 2.2.8 2.2.8 2.2.8 General help General help General help General help General help At the top right corner of the menu screen is a brief description of the selected item. Legacy Diskette A: Disabled ..... [ ] 720K , 3.5 in. ..... [ ] 1.44M, 3.5 in. ..... [ ] âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ :Move ENTER:Accept ESC:Abort Pop-up menu Pop-up menu Pop-up menu Pop-up menu Pop-up menu
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 2-15 2-15 2-15 2-15 2-15 F1:Help âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Power Boot Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Change the day, month, year and century. System Time 15 : 30 : 36 System Date Mon, Mar 03 2005 Legacy Diskette A: [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Primary IDE Master [ST321122A] Primary IDE Slave [ASUS CDS520/A] Secondary IDE Master [None] Secondary IDE Slave [None] SATA 1 [None] SATA 2 [None] HDD SMART Monitoring [Disabled] Installed Memory 512MB Usable Memory 512MB 2.3 Main menu When you enter the BIOS Setup program, the Main menu screen appears, giving you an overview of the basic system information. Refer to section âÂÂ2.2.1 BIOS menu screenâ for information on the menu screen items and how to navigate through them. 2.3.1 2.3.1 2.3.1 2.3.1 2.3.1 System Time [xx:xx:xx] System Time [xx:xx:xx] System Time [xx:xx:xx] System Time [xx:xx:xx] System Time [xx:xx:xx] Allows you to set the system time. 2.3.2 2.3.2 2.3.2 2.3.2 2.3.2 System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx] System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx] System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx] System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx] System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx] Allows you to set the system date. 2.3.3 2.3.3 2.3.3 2.3.3 2.3.3 Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Sets the type of floppy drive installed. Configuration options: [Disabled] [720K , 3.5 in.] [1.44M, 3.5 in.]
2-16 2-16 2-16 2-16 2-16 Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup 2.3.4 2.3.4 2.3.4 2.3.4 2.3.4 Primary and Secondary IDE Master/Slave Primary and Secondary IDE Master/Slave Primary and Secondary IDE Master/Slave Primary and Secondary IDE Master/Slave Primary and Secondary IDE Master/Slave While entering Setup, the BIOS automatically detects the presence of IDE devices. There is a separate sub-menu for each IDE device. Select a device item then press <Enter> to display the IDE device information. Before attempting to configure a hard disk drive, make sure you have the correct configuration information supplied by the drive manufacturer. Incorrect settings may cause the system to fail to recognize the installed hard disk. The BIOS automatically detects the values opposite the dimmed items (Capacity, Cylinder, Head, Sector and Transfer Mode). These values are not user-configurable. These items show N/A if no IDE device is installed in the system. Primary IDE Master/Slave [Auto] Primary IDE Master/Slave [Auto] Primary IDE Master/Slave [Auto] Primary IDE Master/Slave [Auto] Primary IDE Master/Slave [Auto] Secondary IDE Master/Slave [Auto] Secondary IDE Master/Slave [Auto] Secondary IDE Master/Slave [Auto] Secondary IDE Master/Slave [Auto] Secondary IDE Master/Slave [Auto] Select [Auto] to automatically detect an IDE hard disk drive. If automatic detection is successful, the BIOS automatically fills in the correct values for the remaining fields on this sub-menu. If the hard disk was already formatted on a previous system, the setup BIOS may detect incorrect parameters. Select [Manual] to manually enter the IDE hard disk drive parameters. If no drive is installed select [None]. Configuration options: [None] [Auto] [Manual] Access Mode [Auto] Access Mode [Auto] Access Mode [Auto] Access Mode [Auto] Access Mode [Auto] The default [Auto] allows automatic detection of an IDE hard disk drive. Select [CHS] for this item if you set the IDE Primary Master/Slave to [Manual]. Configuration options: [CHS] [LBA] [Large] [Auto] F1:Help âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Select Menu Item Specific Help Press [Enter] to select Primary IDE Master Primary IDE Master [ Auto ] Access Mode [Auto] Capacity 82 GB Cylinder 39420 Head 16 Sector 255 PIO Mode [Auto] UDMA Mode [Auto] Transfer Mode UDMA 6
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 2-17 2-17 2-17 2-17 2-17 Capacity Capacity Capacity Capacity Capacity Displays the auto-detected hard disk capacity. This item is not configurable. Cylinder Cylinder Cylinder Cylinder Cylinder Shows the number of the hard disk cylinders. This item is not configurable. Head Head Head Head Head Shows the number of the hard disk read/write heads. This item is not configurable. Sector Sector Sector Sector Sector Shows the number of sectors per track. This item is not configurable. PIO Mode [Auto] PIO Mode [Auto] PIO Mode [Auto] PIO Mode [Auto] PIO Mode [Auto] Sets the PIO mode for the IDE device. Configuration options: [Auto] [Mode 0] [Mode 1] [Mode 2] [Mode 3] [Mode 4] UDMA Mode [Auto] UDMA Mode [Auto] UDMA Mode [Auto] UDMA Mode [Auto] UDMA Mode [Auto] Disables or sets the UDMA mode. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Auto] Transfer Mode Transfer Mode Transfer Mode Transfer Mode Transfer Mode Shows the Transfer mode. This item is not configurable. After entering the IDE hard disk drive information into BIOS, use a disk utility, such as FDISK, to partition and format new IDE hard disk drives. This is necessary so that you can write or read data from the hard disk. Make sure to set the partition of the Primary IDE hard disk drives to active.
2-18 2-18 2-18 2-18 2-18 Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Chapter 2: BIOS Setup 2.3.5 2.3.5 2.3.5 2.3.5 2.3.5 SATA 1/2 SATA 1/2 SATA 1/2 SATA 1/2 SATA 1/2 While entering Setup, the BIOS automatically detects the presence of Serial ATA devices. There is a separate sub-menu for each SATA device. Select a device item then press <Enter> to display the SATA device information. The BIOS automatically detects the values opposite the dimmed items (Capacity, Cylinder, Head, Landing Zone and Sector). These values are not user-configurable. These items show 0 if no SATA device is installed in the system. Extended Drive [Auto] Extended Drive [Auto] Extended Drive [Auto] Extended Drive [Auto] Extended Drive [Auto] Selects the type of fixed disk connected to the system. Configuration options: [None] [Auto] Access Mode [Auto] Access Mode [Auto] Access Mode [Auto] Access Mode [Auto] Access Mode [Auto] Sets the sector addressing mode. Configuration options: [Large] [Auto] F1:Help âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Select Menu Item Specific Help Selects the type of fixed disk connected to the system. SATA 1 Extended IDE Drive [ Auto] Access Mode [Auto] Capacity 0 MB Cylinder 0 Head 0 Landing Zone 0 Sector 0 Before attempting to configure a hard disk drive, make sure you have the correct configuration information supplied by the drive manufacturer. Incorrect settings may cause the system to fail to recognize the installed hard disk. Capacity Capacity Capacity Capacity Capacity Displays the auto-detected hard disk capacity. This item is not configurable. Cylinder Cylinder Cylinder Cylinder Cylinder Shows the number of the hard disk cylinders. This item is not configurable.
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 2-19 2-19 2-19 2-19 2-19 Head Head Head Head Head Shows the number of the hard disk read/write heads. This item is not configurable. Landing Zone Landing Zone Landing Zone Landing Zone Landing Zone Shows the number of landing zone per track. This item is not configurable. Sector Sector Sector Sector Sector Shows the number of sectors per track. This item is not configurable. After entering the IDE hard disk drive information into BIOS, use a disk utility, such as FDISK, to partition and format new IDE hard disk drives. This is necessary so that you can write or read data from the hard disk. Make sure to set the partition of the Primary IDE hard disk drives to active. 2.3.6 2.3.6 2.3.6 2.3.6 2.3.6 HDD SMART Monitoring [Disabled] HDD SMART Monitoring [Disabled] HDD SMART Monitoring [Disabled] HDD SMART Monitoring [Disabled] HDD SMART Monitoring [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the HDD Self-Monitoring Analysis and Reporting Technology (SMART) feature. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] 2.3.7 2.3.7 2.3.7 2.3.7 2.3.7 Installed Memory [xxx MB] Installed Memory [xxx MB] Installed Memory [xxx MB] Installed Memory [xxx MB] Installed Memory [xxx MB] Shows the size of installed memory. 2.3.8 2.3.8 2.3.8 2.3.8 2.3.8 Usable Memory [XXX MB] Usable Memory [XXX MB] Usable Memory [XXX MB] Usable Memory [XXX MB] Usable Memory [XXX MB] Shows the size of usable memory.
2-20 2-20 2-20 2-20 2-20 Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Power Boot Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Press [Enter] to set. CPU Configuration Chipset PCIPnP Onboard Device Configuration USB Configuration 2.4 Advanced menu The Advanced menu items allow you to change the settings for the CPU and other system devices. Take caution when changing the settings of the Advanced menu items. Incorrect field values can cause the system to malfunction. F1:Help âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit 2.4.1 2.4.1 2.4.1 2.4.1 2.4.1 CPU Configuration CPU Configuration CPU Configuration CPU Configuration CPU Configuration Execute Disable Bit [Enabled] Execute Disable Bit [Enabled] Execute Disable Bit [Enabled] Execute Disable Bit [Enabled] Execute Disable Bit [Enabled] Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Select Menu Item Specific Help DRAM timing and control Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced CPU Configuration CPU Type Intel Genuine Processor CPU Speed 3.20GHz Cache RAM 1024K Current FSB Frequency 200MHz Delay Prior to Thermal [ 4 Min ] Thermal Management TM 1 Limit CPUID MaxVal [Disabled] Execute Disable Bit [Enabled] CPU L1 & L2 Cache [Enabled] Delay Prior to Thermal [4 Min] Delay Prior to Thermal [4 Min] Delay Prior to Thermal [4 Min] Delay Prior to Thermal [4 Min] Delay Prior to Thermal [4 Min] Configuration options: [4 Min] [8 Min] [16 Min] [32 Min] Limit CPUID MaxVal [Disabled] Limit CPUID MaxVal [Disabled] Limit CPUID MaxVal [Disabled] Limit CPUID MaxVal [Disabled] Limit CPUID MaxVal [Disabled] Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 2-21 2-21 2-21 2-21 2-21 CPU L1 & L2 Cache [Enabled] CPU L1 & L2 Cache [Enabled] CPU L1 & L2 Cache [Enabled] CPU L1 & L2 Cache [Enabled] CPU L1 & L2 Cache [Enabled] Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Select Menu Item Specific Help Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced Chipset DRAM Clock/Drive Control Frequency/Voltage control Top Performance [Disabled] Primary Display Adapter [PCI-E] VGA Share Memory Size [64M] 2.4.2 2.4.2 2.4.2 2.4.2 2.4.2 Chipset Chipset Chipset Chipset Chipset DRAM Clock/Drive Control DRAM Clock/Drive Control DRAM Clock/Drive Control DRAM Clock/Drive Control DRAM Clock/Drive Control Select Menu Item Specific Help Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced DRAM Clock/Drive Control Current DRAM Frequency 200MHz DRAM Frequency DRAM Timing Selectable [By SPD] x CAS Latency Time 4 x Bank Interleave Disabled x Precharge to Active(Trp) 4T x Active to Precharge(Tras) 07T x Active to CMD(Trcd) 4T x REF to ACT/REF(Trfc) 20T/21T x ACT(0) to ACT(1) (TRRD) 3T Auto DRAM Frequency [Auto] Configuration options: [Auto] [400 MHz] [533 MHz] DRAM Timing Selectable [By SPD] Configuration options: [Manual] [By SPD] The following items are user-configurable when the âÂÂDRAM Timing âÂÂDRAM Timing âÂÂDRAM Timing âÂÂDRAM Timing âÂÂDRAM Timing Selectableâ Selectableâ Selectableâ Selectableâ Selectableâ item is set to [Manual]. CAS Latency Time [4] CAS Latency Time [4] CAS Latency Time [4] CAS Latency Time [4] CAS Latency Time [4] Configuration options: [2] [3] [4] [5] Bank Interleave [Disabled] Bank Interleave [Disabled] Bank Interleave [Disabled] Bank Interleave [Disabled] Bank Interleave [Disabled] Configuration options: [Disabled] [2 Bank] [4 Bank] [8 Bank] Precharge to Active(Trp) [4T] Precharge to Active(Trp) [4T] Precharge to Active(Trp) [4T] Precharge to Active(Trp) [4T] Precharge to Active(Trp) [4T] Configuration options: [2T] [3T] [4T] [5T]
2-22 2-22 2-22 2-22 2-22 Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Frequency/Voltage control Frequency/Voltage control Frequency/Voltage control Frequency/Voltage control Frequency/Voltage control Select Menu Item Specific Help Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced Frequency/Voltage control CPU Frequency Ratio [23 X] Async CPU/PCIE Clock [Async Mode] CPU Clock [133MHz] Spread Spectrum [ /-0.2%] CPU Frequency Ratio [23 X] Sets the CPU clock ratio. Min=14 X; Max=23 X. Async CPU/PCIE Clock [Async Mode] Configuration options: [Sync Mode] [Async Mode] CPU Clock [133MHz] Sets the CPU clock frequency. Min=133 MHz; Max=165 MHz. Spread Spectrum [ /-0.2%] Configuration options: [Disabled] [ /-0.1%] [ /-0.2%]...[ /-1.0%] REF to ACT/REF(Trfc) [20T/21T] REF to ACT/REF(Trfc) [20T/21T] REF to ACT/REF(Trfc) [20T/21T] REF to ACT/REF(Trfc) [20T/21T] REF to ACT/REF(Trfc) [20T/21T] Configuration options: [07T/08T] [08T/09T] [09/10T]...[70T/ 71T] Act(o) to ACT(1) (TRRD) [3T] Act(o) to ACT(1) (TRRD) [3T] Act(o) to ACT(1) (TRRD) [3T] Act(o) to ACT(1) (TRRD) [3T] Act(o) to ACT(1) (TRRD) [3T] Configuration options: [2T] [3T] Active to Precharge(Tras) [07T] Active to Precharge(Tras) [07T] Active to Precharge(Tras) [07T] Active to Precharge(Tras) [07T] Active to Precharge(Tras) [07T] Configuration options: [05T] [06T]...[20T] Active to CMD(Trcd) [4T] Active to CMD(Trcd) [4T] Active to CMD(Trcd) [4T] Active to CMD(Trcd) [4T] Active to CMD(Trcd) [4T] Configuration options: [2T] [3T] [4T] [5T] Top Performance [Disabled] Top Performance [Disabled] Top Performance [Disabled] Top Performance [Disabled] Top Performance [Disabled] Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 2-23 2-23 2-23 2-23 2-23 VGA Share Memory Size [64M] VGA Share Memory Size [64M] VGA Share Memory Size [64M] VGA Share Memory Size [64M] VGA Share Memory Size [64M] Configuration options: [Disabled] [16M] [32M] [64M] Primary Display Adapter [PCI-E] Primary Display Adapter [PCI-E] Primary Display Adapter [PCI-E] Primary Display Adapter [PCI-E] Primary Display Adapter [PCI-E] Allows you to select which graphics controller to use as the primary boot device. Configuration options: [PCI] [AGP] [PCI-E] Select Menu Item Specific Help Select Yes if you are using a Plug and Play capable operating system Select No if you need the BIOS to configure non-boot devices PCIPnP Plug & Play O/S [No] Resources Controlled By [Auto] x IRQ Resources Assign IRQ For VGA [Enabled] ** PCI Express relative itmes ** Maximum Payload Size [4096] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced 2.4.3 2.4.3 2.4.3 2.4.3 2.4.3 PCIPnP PCIPnP PCIPnP PCIPnP PCIPnP Plug & Play O/S [No] Plug & Play O/S [No] Plug & Play O/S [No] Plug & Play O/S [No] Plug & Play O/S [No] When set to [No], the BIOS configures all the devices in the system. When set to [Yes] and if you install a Plug and Play operating system, the operating system configures the Plug and Play devices not required for boot. Configuration options: [No] [Yes] Resources Controlled By [Auto] Resources Controlled By [Auto] Resources Controlled By [Auto] Resources Controlled By [Auto] Resources Controlled By [Auto] When set to [Auto], the BIOS automatically configures all the boot and Plug and Play compatible devices. Set to [Manual] if you want to assign the IRQ DMA and memory base address fields. Configuration options: [Auto] [Manual] When the item Resources Controlled By is set to [Auto], the item IRQ Resources is grayed out and not user-configurable. Refer to the section âÂÂIRQ Resourcesâ for information on how to enable this item.
2-24 2-24 2-24 2-24 2-24 Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Maximum Payload Size [4096] Maximum Payload Size [4096] Maximum Payload Size [4096] Maximum Payload Size [4096] Maximum Payload Size [4096] Sets maximum TLP payload size for the PCI Express devices. The unit is byte. Configuration options: [128] [256] [512] [1024] [2048] [4096] Assign IRQ For VGA [Enabled] Assign IRQ For VGA [Enabled] Assign IRQ For VGA [Enabled] Assign IRQ For VGA [Enabled] Assign IRQ For VGA [Enabled] Configuration options: [Enabled] [Disabled] IRQ Resources IRQ Resources IRQ Resources IRQ Resources IRQ Resources This sub-menu is activated only when the Resources Controlled By Resources Controlled By Resources Controlled By Resources Controlled By Resources Controlled By item is set to Manual. Select Menu Item Specific Help Legacy ISA for devices compliant with the original PC AT bus specification, PCI/ISA PnP for devices compliant with the IRQ Resources IRQ-3 assigned to [ PCI Device ] IRQ-4 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-5 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-7 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-9 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-10 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-11 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-14 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-15 assigned to [PCI Device] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced IRQ-xx ass igned to When set to [PCI Device], the specific IRQ is free for use of PCI/PnP devices. When set to [Reserved], the IRQ is reserved for legacy ISA devices. Configuration options: [PCI Device] [Reserved ]
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 2-25 2-25 2-25 2-25 2-25 F1:Help âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Press [Enter] to set Onboard Device Configuration JMicron RAID controller [ IDE] SATA Controller [Enabled] SATA Controller Mode [IDE] Ex-SATA/PCI-E*1 Option [Ex-SATA] HDA Controller [Auto] Onboard LAN [Enabled] Onboard LAN Boot ROM [Disabled] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Parallel Port Address [378/IRQ7] Parallel Port Mode [Bi-Directional] ECP Mode Use DMA [3] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced 2.4.4 2.4.4 2.4.4 2.4.4 2.4.4 Onboard Devices Configuration Onboard Devices Configuration Onboard Devices Configuration Onboard Devices Configuration Onboard Devices Configuration JMicron RAID controller [IDE] JMicron RAID controller [IDE] JMicron RAID controller [IDE] JMicron RAID controller [IDE] JMicron RAID controller [IDE] Configuration options: [Disabled] [IDE] [RAID] [AHCI] SATA Controller [Enabled] SATA Controller [Enabled] SATA Controller [Enabled] SATA Controller [Enabled] SATA Controller [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the OnChip SATA. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] SATA Controller Mode [IDE] SATA Controller Mode [IDE] SATA Controller Mode [IDE] SATA Controller Mode [IDE] SATA Controller Mode [IDE] Configuration options: [IDE] [RAID] Ex-SATA/PCI-E*1 Option [Ex-SATA] Ex-SATA/PCI-E*1 Option [Ex-SATA] Ex-SATA/PCI-E*1 Option [Ex-SATA] Ex-SATA/PCI-E*1 Option [Ex-SATA] Ex-SATA/PCI-E*1 Option [Ex-SATA] Configuration options: [Ex-SATA] [PCI-E*1] HDA Controller [Auto] HDA Controller [Auto] HDA Controller [Auto] HDA Controller [Auto] HDA Controller [Auto] Allows you to enable or disable the High-Definition Audio controller. Configuration options: [Auto] [Disabled] Onboard LAN [Enabled] Onboard LAN [Enabled] Onboard LAN [Enabled] Onboard LAN [Enabled] Onboard LAN [Enabled] Enables or disables the onboard LAN controller. Configuration options: [Enabled] [Disabled] Onboard LAN Boot ROM [Disabled] Onboard LAN Boot ROM [Disabled] Onboard LAN Boot ROM [Disabled] Onboard LAN Boot ROM [Disabled] Onboard LAN Boot ROM [Disabled] Enables or disables the onboard LAN boot ROM. Configuration options: [Enabled] [Disabled]
2-26 2-26 2-26 2-26 2-26 Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Chapter 2: BIOS Setup Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Allows you to select the Serial Port1 base address. Configuration options: [Disabled] [3F8/IRQ4] [2F8/IRQ3] [3E8/IRQ4] [2E8/IRQ3] [Auto] Parallel Port Address [378/IRQ7] Parallel Port Address [378/IRQ7] Parallel Port Address [378/IRQ7] Parallel Port Address [378/IRQ7] Parallel Port Address [378/IRQ7] Allows you to select the Parallel Port address. Configuration options: [Disabled] [378/IRQ7] [278/IRQ5] [3BC/IRQ7] Parallel Port Mode [Bi-Directional] Parallel Port Mode [Bi-Directional] Parallel Port Mode [Bi-Directional] Parallel Port Mode [Bi-Directional] Parallel Port Mode [Bi-Directional] Allows you to select the Parallel Port mode. Configuration options: [Normal] [EPP] [ECP] [Bi-Directional] The âÂÂECP Mode Use DMAâ item becomes user-configurable when the â Parallel Port Modeâ item is set to [ECP] or [Bi-Directional] ECP Mode Use DMA [3] ECP Mode Use DMA [3] ECP Mode Use DMA [3] ECP Mode Use DMA [3] ECP Mode Use DMA [3] Allows selection of ECP Mode. Configuration options: [1] [3]
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 2-27 2-27 2-27 2-27 2-27 Select Menu Item Specific Help Enable or Disable USB 1.1 and 2.0 Controller Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced USB Configuration USB Contoller [Enabled] USB 2.0 Controller [Enabled] USB Legacy support [Auto] 2.4.5 2.4.5 2.4.5 2.4.5 2.4.5 USB Configuration USB Configuration USB Configuration USB Configuration USB Configuration USB Controller [Enabled] USB Controller [Enabled] USB Controller [Enabled] USB Controller [Enabled] USB Controller [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the onchip USB controller. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] USB 2.0 Controller [Enabled] USB 2.0 Controller [Enabled] USB 2.0 Controller [Enabled] USB 2.0 Controller [Enabled] USB 2.0 Controller [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the USB 2.0 controller. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] USB Legacy Support [Auto] USB Legacy Support [Auto] USB Legacy Support [Auto] USB Legacy Support [Auto] USB Legacy Support [Auto] Allows you to enable or disable support for USB devices on legacy operating systems (OS). Configuration options: [Auto] [Enabled] [Disabled]
2-28 2-28 2-28 2-28 2-28 Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup 2.5 Power menu The Power menu items allow you to change the settings for the Advanced Configuration and Power Interface (ACPI) and the Advanced Power Management (APM). Select an item then press <Enter> to display the configuration options. Select Menu Item Specific Help Select the ACPI state used for System Suspend. F1:Help âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Power Boot Exit ACPI APIC support Enabled APM Configuration Hardware Monitor ACPI Suspend Type [ S1&S3] 2.5.1 2.5.1 2.5.1 2.5.1 2.5.1 ACPI Suspend Type [S1&S3] ACPI Suspend Type [S1&S3] ACPI Suspend Type [S1&S3] ACPI Suspend Type [S1&S3] ACPI Suspend Type [S1&S3] Allows you to select the Advanced Configuration and Power Interface (ACPI) state to be used for system suspend. Configuration options: [S1(POS)] [S3(STR)] [S1&S3] 2.5.2 2.5.2 2.5.2 2.5.2 2.5.2 ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the Advanced Configuration and Power Interface (ACPI) support in the Application-Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). When set to Enabled, the ACPI APIC table pointer is included in the RSDT pointer list. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] 2.5.3 2.5.3 2.5.3 2.5.3 2.5.3 APM Configuration APM Configuration APM Configuration APM Configuration APM Configuration Select Menu Item Specific Help Press [Enter] to select APM Configuration Power Up By PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] Power Up By PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Power Up On PCI/PCIE Devices [Disabled] Power On By External Modem [Disabled] Power On By On-board LAN [Disabled] Power On by RTC Alarm [Disabled] x Date (of Month) Alarm 0 x Alarm Time (hh:mm) 0 : 0 : 0 Restore on AC Power Loss [Power Off] PWR Button < 4 secs [Instant-Off] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Power F1:Help âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 2-29 2-29 2-29 2-29 2-29 Power Up On PCI/PCIE Devices [Disabled] Power Up On PCI/PCIE Devices [Disabled] Power Up On PCI/PCIE Devices [Disabled] Power Up On PCI/PCIE Devices [Disabled] Power Up On PCI/PCIE Devices [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the PME to wake up from S5 by PCI/PsCIE devices & NV Onboard LAN. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Power On By PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] Power On By PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] Power On By PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] Power On By PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] Power On By PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] When set to [Enabled], this parameter allows you to use the PS/2 mouse to turn on the system. This feature requires an ATX power supply that provides at least 1A on the 5VSB lead. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Double Click] Power On By PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Power On By PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Power On By PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Power On By PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Power On By PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Allows you to disable the Power On by PS/2 keyboard function or set specific keys on the PS/2 keyboard to turn on the system. This feature requires an ATX power supply that provides at least 1A on the 5VSB lead. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Space Bar] [Ctrl-ESC] [Power Key] Power On By External Modem [Disabled] Power On By External Modem [Disabled] Power On By External Modem [Disabled] Power On By External Modem [Disabled] Power On By External Modem [Disabled] This allows either settings of [Enabled] or [Disabled] for powering up the computer when the external modem receives a call while the computer is in Soft-off mode. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] The computer cannot receive or transmit data until the computer and applications are fully running. Thus, connection cannot be made on the first try. Turning an external modem off and then back on while the computer is off causes an initialization string that turns the system power on. Power On By On-board LAN [Disabled] Power On By On-board LAN [Disabled] Power On By On-board LAN [Disabled] Power On By On-board LAN [Disabled] Power On By On-board LAN [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the Wake Up On LAN function. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Power On By RTC Alarm [Disabled] Power On By RTC Alarm [Disabled] Power On By RTC Alarm [Disabled] Power On By RTC Alarm [Disabled] Power On By RTC Alarm [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable RTC to generate a wake event. When this item is set to Enabled, the items Date of Month Alarm and Time (hh:mm:ss) Alarm items become user-configurable with set values. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Date of Month Alarm [0] Date of Month Alarm [0] Date of Month Alarm [0] Date of Month Alarm [0] Date of Month Alarm [0] To set the date of alarm, highlight this item and press <Enter> to display the Date of Month Alarm pop-up menu. Key-in a value within the specified range then press <Enter>. Configuration options: [Min=0] [Max=31]
2-30 2-30 2-30 2-30 2-30 Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Alarm Time (hh:mm) Alarm Time (hh:mm) Alarm Time (hh:mm) Alarm Time (hh:mm) Alarm Time (hh:mm) To set the time of alarm: 1. Highlight this item and press <Enter> to display a pop-up menu for the hour field. 2. Key-in a value (Min=0, Max=23), then press <Enter>. 3. Press <TAB> to move to the minutes field then press <Enter>. 4. Key-in a minute value (Min=0, Max=59), then press <Enter>. 5. Press <TAB> to move to the seconds field then press <Enter>. 6. Key-in a value (Min=0, Max=59), then press <Enter>. Restore on AC Power Loss [Power Off] Restore on AC Power Loss [Power Off] Restore on AC Power Loss [Power Off] Restore on AC Power Loss [Power Off] Restore on AC Power Loss [Power Off] Allows you to enable or disable the Restore on AC Power Loss function. Configuration options: [Power Off] [Power On] [Last State] PWR Button < 4 secs [Instant-Off] PWR Button < 4 secs [Instant-Off] PWR Button < 4 secs [Instant-Off] PWR Button < 4 secs [Instant-Off] PWR Button < 4 secs [Instant-Off] Allows you to set the event after the power button is pressed for more than 4 seconds. Configuration options: [Suspend] [Instant-Off]
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 2-31 2-31 2-31 2-31 2-31 2.5.4 2.5.4 2.5.4 2.5.4 2.5.4 Hardware Monitor Hardware Monitor Hardware Monitor Hardware Monitor Hardware Monitor The items in this sub-menu displays the hardware monitor values automatically detected by the BIOS. It also allows you to change CPU Q-Fan feature-related parameters. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the configuration options. Q-Fan Controller [Enabled] Q-Fan Controller [Enabled] Q-Fan Controller [Enabled] Q-Fan Controller [Enabled] Q-Fan Controller [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the Q-Fan controller. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Vcore Voltage, 3.3V Voltage, 5V Voltage, 12V Voltage Vcore Voltage, 3.3V Voltage, 5V Voltage, 12V Voltage Vcore Voltage, 3.3V Voltage, 5V Voltage, 12V Voltage Vcore Voltage, 3.3V Voltage, 5V Voltage, 12V Voltage Vcore Voltage, 3.3V Voltage, 5V Voltage, 12V Voltage The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects the voltage output through the onboard voltage regulators. Configuration options: [xxx] [Ignored] CPU Temperature, M/B Temperature CPU Temperature, M/B Temperature CPU Temperature, M/B Temperature CPU Temperature, M/B Temperature CPU Temperature, M/B Temperature The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects and displays the motherboard and CPU temperatures. These items are not user-configurable. CPU Fan Speed [xxxxRPM] CPU Fan Speed [xxxxRPM] CPU Fan Speed [xxxxRPM] CPU Fan Speed [xxxxRPM] CPU Fan Speed [xxxxRPM] Chassis Fan Speed [xxxxRPM] Chassis Fan Speed [xxxxRPM] Chassis Fan Speed [xxxxRPM] Chassis Fan Speed [xxxxRPM] Chassis Fan Speed [xxxxRPM] The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects and displays the CPU, Chassis, and chip fan speeds in rotations per minute (RPM). If any of the fans is not connected to the motherboard, the field shows 0. These items are not user-configurable. CPU Fan Speed warning [800 RPM] CPU Fan Speed warning [800 RPM] CPU Fan Speed warning [800 RPM] CPU Fan Speed warning [800 RPM] CPU Fan Speed warning [800 RPM] Sets the CPU fan speed warning feature. Configuration options: [Disabled] [800RPM] [1200RPM] [1600RPM] F1:Help âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Press [Enter] to enable or disable Hardware Monitor Q-Fan Controller [ Enabled] Vcore Voltage [1.56V] 3.3V Voltage [3.30V] 5V Voltage [5.05V] 12V Voltage [11.58V] CPU Temperature 48úC M/B Temperature 41úC CPU Fan Speed 3068 RPM Chassis Fan Speed 0 RPM CPU Fan Speed warning [800 RPM] Start Up Temperature(úC) [50] Full Speed Temperature(úC) [70] Start Up PWM [60] Slope PWM [4 PWM/úC] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Power
2-32 2-32 2-32 2-32 2-32 Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Start Up Temperature(úC) [50] Start Up Temperature(úC) [50] Start Up Temperature(úC) [50] Start Up Temperature(úC) [50] Start Up Temperature(úC) [50] Fan will start up when the temperature is over the set value. Configuration options: [Min=0] [Max=100] Full Speed Temperature(úC) [70] Full Speed Temperature(úC) [70] Full Speed Temperature(úC) [70] Full Speed Temperature(úC) [70] Full Speed Temperature(úC) [70] Fan will run at full speed when the temperature is over the set value. Configuration options: [Min=0] [Max=100] Start Up PWM [60] Start Up PWM [60] Start Up PWM [60] Start Up PWM [60] Start Up PWM [60] Sets the PWM value when the fan starts up. Configuration options: [Min=0] [Max=127] Slope PWM [4 PWM/úC] Slope PWM [4 PWM/úC] Slope PWM [4 PWM/úC] Slope PWM [4 PWM/úC] Slope PWM [4 PWM/úC] Sets the PWM value when the temperature increases one value. Configuration options: [0 PWM/úC] [1 PWM/úC] [2 PWM/úC] [4 PWM/úC] [8 PWM/úC] [16 PWM/úC] [32 PWM/úC] [64 PWM/úC]
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 2-33 2-33 2-33 2-33 2-33 1st ~ 4th Boot Device [Removable] 1st ~ 4th Boot Device [Removable] 1st ~ 4th Boot Device [Removable] 1st ~ 4th Boot Device [Removable] 1st ~ 4th Boot Device [Removable] These items specify the boot device priority sequence from the available devices. The number of device items that appears on the screen depends on the number of devices installed in the system. Configuration options: [Removable] [Hard Disk] [CDROM] [Legacy LAN] [Disabled] 2.6 Boot menu The Boot menu items allow you to change the system boot options. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the sub-menu. Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Power Boot Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Press [Enter] to Set. Boot Device Priority Removable Drives Hard Disk Drives Boot Settings Configuration Security F1:Help âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit 2.6.1 2.6.1 2.6.1 2.6.1 2.6.1 Boot Device Priority Boot Device Priority Boot Device Priority Boot Device Priority Boot Device Priority Select Menu Item Specific Help Select Your Boot Device Priority Boot Device Priority 1st Boot Device [Removable] 2nd Boot Device [Hard Disk] 3rd Boot Device [CDROM] 4th Boot Device [Disabled] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Power 2.6.2 2.6.2 2.6.2 2.6.2 2.6.2 Removable Drives Removable Drives Removable Drives Removable Drives Removable Drives 1. Floppy Disks 1. Floppy Disks 1. Floppy Disks 1. Floppy Disks 1. Floppy Disks Allows you to assign a removable drive attached to the system. Select Menu Item Specific Help Removable Drives 1. Floppy Disks Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Boot
2-34 2-34 2-34 2-34 2-34 Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Case Open Warning [Enabled] Case Open Warning [Enabled] Case Open Warning [Enabled] Case Open Warning [Enabled] Case Open Warning [Enabled] Enables or disables the chassis open status feature. Setting to Enabled, clears the chassis open status. Refer to section âÂÂ1.10.2 Internal connectorsâ for setting details. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Quick Boot [Enabled] Quick Boot [Enabled] Quick Boot [Enabled] Quick Boot [Enabled] Quick Boot [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the system quick boot feature. When Enabled, the system skips certain tests while booting. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Boot Up Floppy Seek [Disabled] Boot Up Floppy Seek [Disabled] Boot Up Floppy Seek [Disabled] Boot Up Floppy Seek [Disabled] Boot Up Floppy Seek [Disabled] Enables or disables the chassis open status feature. Setting to Enabled, clears the chassis open status. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] 1. Bootable Add-in Cards 1. Bootable Add-in Cards 1. Bootable Add-in Cards 1. Bootable Add-in Cards 1. Bootable Add-in Cards Allows you to assign bootable add-in cards attached to the system. 2.6.4 2.6.4 2.6.4 2.6.4 2.6.4 Boot Settings Configuration Boot Settings Configuration Boot Settings Configuration Boot Settings Configuration Boot Settings Configuration F1:Help âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Press [Enter] to enable or disable. Boot Settings Configuration Case Open Warning [ Enabled] Quick Boot [Enabled] Boot Up Floppy Seek [Disabled] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Typematic Rate Setting [Disabled] x Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) 6 x Typematic Delay (Msec) 250 OS Select For DRAM > 64MB [Non-OS2] Full Screen LOGO [Enabled] Halt On [All, But keyboard] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Boot 2.6.3 2.6.3 2.6.3 2.6.3 2.6.3 Hard Disk Drives Hard Disk Drives Hard Disk Drives Hard Disk Drives Hard Disk Drives Select Menu Item Specific Help Hard Disk Drives 1. Bootable Add-in Cards Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Boot
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 2-35 2-35 2-35 2-35 2-35 Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) [6] Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) [6] Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) [6] Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) [6] Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) [6] Allows you to select the rate at which a character repeats when you hold a key. Configuration options: [6] [8] [10] [12] [15] [20] [24] [30] Typematic Delay (Msec) [250] Typematic Delay (Msec) [250] Typematic Delay (Msec) [250] Typematic Delay (Msec) [250] Typematic Delay (Msec) [250] Allows you to set the delay before keystrokes begin to repeat. Configuration options: [250] [500] [750] [1000] OS Select for DRAM > 64MB [Non-OS2] OS Select for DRAM > 64MB [Non-OS2] OS Select for DRAM > 64MB [Non-OS2] OS Select for DRAM > 64MB [Non-OS2] OS Select for DRAM > 64MB [Non-OS2] Set this item to OS2 only when you are running on an OS/2 operating system with an installed RAM of greater than 64 KB. Configuration options: [Non-OS2] [OS2] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Allows you to select the power-on state for the NumLock. Configuration options: [Off] [On] Typematic Rate Setting [Disabled] Typematic Rate Setting [Disabled] Typematic Rate Setting [Disabled] Typematic Rate Setting [Disabled] Typematic Rate Setting [Disabled] Allows you to set the keystroke rate. Enable this item to configure the Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) and the Typematic Delay (Msec) Typematic Delay (Msec) Typematic Delay (Msec) Typematic Delay (Msec) Typematic Delay (Msec) . Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] The items Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) and Typematic Delay Typematic Delay Typematic Delay Typematic Delay Typematic Delay (Msec) (Msec) (Msec) (Msec) (Msec) become user-configurable only when the item Typematic Rate Setting is enabled. Full Screen LOGO [Enabled] Full Screen LOGO [Enabled] Full Screen LOGO [Enabled] Full Screen LOGO [Enabled] Full Screen LOGO [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the full screen logo display feature. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Make sure that the above item is set to [Enabled] if you want to use the ASUS MyLogo⢠feature. Halt On [All, But Keyboard] Halt On [All, But Keyboard] Halt On [All, But Keyboard] Halt On [All, But Keyboard] Halt On [All, But Keyboard] Allows you to error report type. Configuration options: [All Errors] [No Errors] [All, But Keyboard] [All, But Diskette] [All, But Disk/Key]
2-36 2-36 2-36 2-36 2-36 Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup 2. Press any key to continue. The password field setting is changed to Clear. A note about passwords A note about passwords A note about passwords A note about passwords A note about passwords The Supervisor password is required to enter the BIOS Setup program preventing unauthorized access. The User password is required to boot the system preventing unauthorized use. Forgot your password? Forgot your password? Forgot your password? Forgot your password? Forgot your password? If you forget your password, you can clear it by erasing the CMOS Real Time Clock (RTC) RAM. The RAM data containing the password information is powered by the onboard button cell battery. If you need to erase the CMOS RAM, refer to section âÂÂ1.9 Jumpersâ for instructions. 2.6.5 2.6.5 2.6.5 2.6.5 2.6.5 Security Security Security Security Security Select Menu Item Specific Help Boot Settings Configuration Supervisor Password Clear User Password Clear Password Check [Setup] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Boot PASSWORD DISABLED !!! Press any key to continue... Supervisor Password Supervisor Password Supervisor Password Supervisor Password Supervisor Password User Password User Password User Password User Password User Password These fields allow you to set passwords: To set a password: 1. Select an item then press <Enter>. 2. Type in a password using a combination of a maximum of eight (8) alpha-numeric characters, then press <Enter>. 3. When prompted, confirm the password by typing the exact characters again, then press <Enter>. The password field setting is changed to Set. To clear the password: 1. Select the password field and press <Enter> twice. The following message appears:
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 2-37 2-37 2-37 2-37 2-37 Password Check Password Check Password Check Password Check Password Check This field requires you to enter the password before entering the BIOS setup or the system. Select [Setup] to require the password before entering the BIOS Setup. Select [System] to require the password before entering the system. Configuration options: [Setup] [System]
2-38 2-38 2-38 2-38 2-38 Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Power Boot Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help This option save data to CMOS and exiting the setup menu. Exit & Save Changes Exit & Discard Changes Load Setup Default Discard Changes F1:Help âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit 2.7 Exit menu The Exit menu items allow you to load the optimal or failsafe default values for the BIOS items, and save or discard your changes to the BIOS items. Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Once you are finished making your selections, choose this option from the Exit menu to ensure the values you selected are saved to the CMOS RAM. An onboard backup battery sustains the CMOS RAM so it stays on even when the PC is turned off. When you select this option, a confirmation window appears. Select YES YES YES YES Y E S to save changes and exit. Pressing <Esc> does not immediately exit this menu. Select one of the options from this menu or <F10> from the legend bar to exit. Exit & Discard Changes Exit & Discard Changes Exit & Discard Changes Exit & Discard Changes Exit & Discard Changes Select this option only if you do not want to save the changes that you made to the Setup program. If you made changes to fields other than System Date, System Time, and Password, the BIOS asks for a confirmation before exiting. If you attempt to exit the Setup program without saving your changes, the program prompts you with a message asking if you want to save your changes before exiting. Press <Enter> to save the changes while exiting.
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 2-39 2-39 2-39 2-39 2-39 Load Setup Defaults Load Setup Defaults Load Setup Defaults Load Setup Defaults Load Setup Defaults This option allows you to load the default values for each of the parameters on the Setup menus. When you select this option or if you press <F5>, a confirmation window appears. Select YES YES YES YES Y E S to load default values. Select Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes o r make other changes before saving the values to the non-volatile RAM. Discard Changes Discard Changes Discard Changes Discard Changes Discard Changes This option allows you to discard the selections you made and restore the previously saved values. After selecting this option, a confirmation appears. Select YES YES YES YES Y E S to discard any changes and load the previously saved values.
2-40 2-40 2-40 2-40 2-40 Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup Chapter 2: BIOS setup
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 3-1 3 Software support This chapter describes the contents of the support CD that comes with the motherboard package.
3-2 Chapter 3: Software support If Autorun is NOT enabled in your computer, browse the contents of the support CD to locate the îÂÂle ASSETUP.EXE from the BIN folder. Double- click the ASSETUP.EXE to run the CD. Click an item to install 3.1 Installing an operating system This motherboard supports Windows î 2000/XP/2003 Server operating systems (OS). Always install the latest OS version and corresponding updates to maximize the features of your hardware. 3.2 Support CD information The support CD that came with the motherboard package contains the drivers, software applications, and utilities that you can install to avail all motherboard features. 3.2.1 Running the support CD Place the support CD to the optical drive. The CD automatically displays the Drivers menu if Autorun is enabled in your computer. ⢠Motherboard settings and hardware options vary. Use the setup procedures presented in this chapter for reference only. Refer to your OS documentation for detailed information. ⢠Make sure that you install Windows î 2000 Service Pack 4 or the Windows î XP Service Pack 1 or later versions before installing the drivers for better compatibility and system stability. The contents of the support CD are subject to change at any time without notice. Visit the ASUS website(www.asus.com) for updates. Click an icon to display support CD/ motherboard information
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 3-3 3.2.2 Drivers menu The drivers menu shows the available device drivers if the system detects installed devices. Install the necessary drivers to activate the devices. VIA 4 in 1 Drivers Installs the VIA 4 in 1 Drivers. VIA/S3G UniChrome Family Display Driver Installs the VIA/S3G UniChrome Family Display Driver. The VIA/S3G UniChrome Family Display Driver item appears only when you use onboard VGA. SoundMAX î ADI1986A Audio Driver Executes the wizard to install the SoundMAX î ADI1986A audio driver and application. JMicron JMB36X RAID Controller Driver Installs the JMB36X RAID Driver and the utility. Realtek î RTL8187 Wireless Ethernet Driver Installs the Realtek î RTL8187 Wireless Ethernet driver for the optional wireless LAN module. VIA Ethernet Driver Installs the VIA Ethernet Driver. USB 2.0 Driver Installs the USB 2.0 driver.
3-4 Chapter 3: Software support 3.2.3 Utilities menu The Utilities menu shows the applications and other software that the motherboard supports. ASUS PC Probe II This smart utility monitors the fan speed, CPU temperature, and system voltages, and alerts you of any detected problems. This utility helps you keep your computer in healthy operating condition. ASUS Update The ASUS Update utility allows you to update the motherboard BIOS in a Windows î environment. This utility requires an Internet connection either through a network or an Internet Service Provider (ISP). See page 2-8 for details. ASUS Screen Saver Bring life to your computer screen by installing the ASUS Screen Saver. ASUS DH Remote (For P5V-VM DH only) Adobe î Reader V7.0 Installs the Adobe î Acrobat î Reader V7.0 that allows you to open, view, and print documents in Portable Document Formant (PDF). Microsoft DirectX 9.0c Installs the Microsoft î DirectX 9.0c driver. Anti-Virus Utility The anti-virus application scans, identiîÂÂes, and removes computer viruses. View the online help for detailed information. WiFi-AP Solo (For P5V-VM DH only)
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 3-5 3.2.4 Make Disk menu The Make Disk menu allows you to make a RAID driver disk. Make VIA VT8237 RAID Driver Disk Allows you to create a VIA VT8237 RAID driver disk.0 Make JMicron JMB36X 32/64 bit RAID Driver Allows you to create a JMicron JMB36X RAID driver disk for a 32/64-bit system. 3.2.5 Manuals menu The Manuals menu contains a list of supplementary user manuals. Click an item to open the folder of the user manual. Most user manual îÂÂles are in Portable Document Format (PDF). Install the Adobe î Acrobat î Reader from the Utilities menu before opening a user manual îÂÂle.
3-6 Chapter 3: Software support 3.2.6 ASUS Contact information Click the Contact tab to display the ASUS contact information. You can also îÂÂnd this information on the inside front cover of this user guide. VIA VT8237 RAID UserâÂÂs Manual Allows you to open the VIA VT8237 RAID userâÂÂs manual. JMicron RAID AP Utility User Manual Allows you to open the JMicron RAID AP userâÂÂs manual. JMicron RAID BIOS User Manual Allows you to open the JMicron RAID BIOS userâÂÂs manual. RTL8187 Wireless LAN UserâÂÂs Manual Allows you to open the RTL8187 Wireless LAN userâÂÂs manual. Intel LGA775 CPU install UserâÂÂs Manual Allows you to open the Intel î LGA775 CPU installation guide.
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 3-7 3.3î RAIDîÂÂconî¿gurations The motherboard supports the following RAID conîÂÂgurations. RAID 0 (Data striping) optimizes two identical hard disk drives to read and write data in parallel, interleaved stacks. Two hard disks perform the same work as a single drive but at a sustained data transfer rate, double that of a single disk alone, thus improving data access and storage. Use of two new identical hard disk drives is required for this setup. RAID 1 (Data mirroring) copies and maintains an identical image of data from one drive to a second drive. If one drive fails, the disk array management software directs all applications to the surviving drive as it contains a complete copy of the data in the other drive. This RAID conîÂÂguration provides data protection and increases fault tolerance to the entire system. Use two new drives or use an existing drive and a new drive for this setup. The new drive must be of the same size or larger than the existing drive. JBOD (Spanning) stands for Just a Bunch of Disks and refers to hard disk drives that are not yet conîÂÂgured as a RAID set. This conîÂÂguration stores the same data redundantly on multiple disks that appear as a single disk on the operating system. Spanning does not deliver any advantage over using separate disks independently and does not provide fault tolerance or other RAID performance beneîÂÂts.
3-8 Chapter 3: Software support 3.3.1 Installing hard disks The motherboard supports RAID function on Serial ATA hard disk drives. For optimal performance, install identical drives of the same model and capacity when creating a disk array. Installing Serial ATA (SATA) hard disks To install the SATA hard disks for a RAID conîÂÂguration: 1. Install the SATA hard disks into the drive bays. 2. Connect the SATA signal cables. 3. Connect a SATA power cable to the power connector on each drive. If you want to boot the system from a hard disk drive included in a RAID set, copy îÂÂrst the RAID driver from the support CD to a îÂÂoppy disk before you install an operating system to a selected hard disk drive. Refer to section âÂÂ3.4 Creating a RAID driver diskâ for details. Refer to the RAID controllers user manual in the motherboard support CD for detailed information on RAID conîÂÂgurations. See section âÂÂ3.2.5 Manuals menuâÂÂ. Entering VIA Tech RAID BIOS Utility 1. Boot-up your computer. 2. During POST, press <Tab> to enter VIA RAID conîÂÂguration utility. The following menu options will appear. The RAID BIOS information on the setup screen shown below is for reference only. What you see on your screen may not exactly match what is shown here.
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 3-9 Create Array From the VIA RAID BIOS utility main menu, select Create Array then press <Enter>. The main menu items on the upper-left corner of the screen are replaced with create array menu options. RAID 0 for performance 1. From the create array menu, select Array Mode, then press <Enter>. The supported RAID conîÂÂgurations appear on a pop-up menu. 2. Select RAID 0 for performance then press <Enter>. From this point, you may choose to auto-conîÂÂgure the RAID array by selecting Auto Setup for Performance or manually conîÂÂgure the RAID array for stripped sets. If you want to auto-conîÂÂgure, proceed to the next step, otherwise, skip to step 5. 3. Select Auto Setup for Performance and press <Enter>. The following conîÂÂrmation message appears. Auto create array will destroy all data on disks, Continue? (Y/N) Auto Setup For Data Security Array Mode RAID 1 (Mirroring) Select Disk Drives Start Create Process VIA Tech. VT8251 Series SATA RAID BIOS Ver 1.xx Create a RAID array with the hard disks attached to VIA RAID controller F1 : View Array/Disk Status â , â : Move to next item Enterî :îÂÂConî¿rmîÂÂtheîÂÂselection ESC : Exit Channel Drive Name Array Name Mode Size(GB) Status Serial_Ch0 Master XXXXXXXXXXX ARRAY 0 SATA 999.99 XXXXXXX Serial_Ch1 Master XXXXXXXXXXX ARRAY 0 SATA 999.99 XXXXXXX RAID 1 for data protection RAID SPAN for capacity RAID 0 for performance
3-10 Chapter 3: Software support Use arrow keys to move selection bar on items and press <Enter> to select. 7. Select Start Create Process and press <Enter> to set up hard disk for RAID system. The following conîÂÂrmation message appears: 8. Press <Y> to conîÂÂrm or <N> to return to the conîÂÂguration options. 9. Press <Esc> to go back to main menu. RAID 1 for data protection 1. From the create array menu, select Array Mode, then press <Enter>. The supported RAID conîÂÂgurations appear on a pop-up menu. The data on the selected disks will be destroyed. Continue? (Y/N) 4K 8K 16K 32K 64K RAID 0 for performance RAID 1 for data protection RAID 0/1 RAID SPAN for capacity RAID 1 for data protection TIP: For server systems, use of a lower array block size is recommended. For multimedia computer systems used mainly for audio and video editing, a higher array block size is recommended for optimum performance. 4. Press <Y> to conîÂÂrm or <N> to return to the conîÂÂguration options. If you selected <Y>, proceed to step 9. 5. Select Select Disk Drives, then press <Enter>. Use arrow keys to select disk drive, then press <Enter> to mark selected drive. An asterisk appears before a selected drive. 6. Select Block Size, then press <Enter> to set array block size. A list of valid array block sizes are displayed on a pop-up menu. 2. Select RAID 1 for data protection then press <Enter>.
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 3-11 8. If you select <Y> the utility will duplicate your data. Press <Y> anytime if you want to exit the duplication process. 3. From this point, you can auto-conîÂÂgure the RAID array by selecting Auto Setup for Data Security or manually conîÂÂgure the RAID array for mirrored sets. If you want to auto-conîÂÂgure, proceed to the next step, otherwise, skip to step 6. 4. Select Auto Setup for Data Security and press <Enter>. The following conîÂÂrmation message appears. The data on the selected disks will be destroyed. Continue? (Y/N) 10. Press <Y> to conîÂÂrm or <N> to return to the conîÂÂguration options. 11. Press <Esc> to go back to main menu. Auto create array will destroy all data on disks, Continue? (Y/N) 5. Press <Y> to conîÂÂrm or <N> to return to the conîÂÂguration options. If you selected <Y>, proceed to step 11. 6. Select Select Disk Drives, then press <Enter>. Use arrow keys to select disk drive/s, then press <Enter>. An asterisk appears before a selected drive. 7. Select Start Create Process and press <Enter> to setup hard disk for RAID system. The following inquiry appears: Save the data on source disk to mirror after creation? (Y/N) Duplicating... RAID 1 for data protection Press Yes(Y) to Escape 9. If you select <N>, the following conîÂÂrmation message appears.
3-12 Chapter 3: Software support 3.3.2 JMicron î RAID ConîÂÂguration The JMicron î Serial ATA controller allows you to conîÂÂgure RAID 0 and RAID 1 sets on the external Serial ATA hard disk drives. Before creating a RAID set Prepare the following items: 1. Two HDDs, preferably with the same model and capacity. 2. A write-enabled îÂÂoppy disk 3. Microsoft î Windows î OS installation disk (Windows 2000/XP/2003) 4. Motherboard support CD with JMB363 driver Complete the following steps before you create a RAID set: 1. Install the external Serial ATA hard disk drives (HDDs) on your system. 2. Set the JMicron RAID Controller item in the BIOS to [RAID]. See section âÂÂ2.4.4 Onboard Devices ConîÂÂgurationâ for details. 3. Enter the JMB363 RAID BIOS utility to set up your RAID conîÂÂguration. 4. Create a JMB363 RAID driver disk for Windows î OS installation. See section âÂÂ3.4 Creating a RAID driver diskâ for details. 5. Install the JMB363 driver after the Windows î OS had been installed. F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu ItemîÂÂSpeciî¿cîÂÂHelp Press [Enter] to set OnboardîÂÂDevicesîÂÂConî¿guration JMicron RAID controller [ IDE] SATA Controller [Enabled] SATA Controller Mode [IDE] Ex-SATA/PCI-E*1 Option [Ex-SATA] HDA Controller [Auto] Onboard LAN [Enabled] Onboard LAN Boot ROM [Disabled] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Parallel Port Address [378/IRQ7] Parallel Port Mode [Bi-Directional] ECP Mode Use DMA [3] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 3-13 Entering the JMB363 RAID BIOS utility 1. During POST, press <Ctrl-J> to enter the JBM363 RAID BIOS menu. 2. The main JMB363 RAID BIOS menu appears. 3. Use the arrow keys to move the color bar and navigate through the items. Creating a RAID set 1. In the main JMB363 RAID BIOS menu, highlight Create RAID Disk Drive using the up/down arrow key then press <Enter>. J M i cr on T e ch n o l o gy C o rp . P C I - t o- SA T A I I / ID E R A I D C o n tr ol l e r B I OS v 0 .9 7 Co py ri gh t ( C) 20 04 -2 00 5 J Mi cr on Te ch no lo gy htt p: // ww w. j mi cr on .c om HDD0 : HDS722516VLSA80 164 GB Non-RAID HDD1 : HDS722516DLA380 164 GB Non-RAID Press <Ctrl-J> to enter RAID Setup Utility... [Main Menu] Create RAID Disk Drive Delete RAID Disk Drive Revert HDD to Non-RAID RepairîÂÂMirrorîÂÂConîÂÂict Save and Exit Setup Exit Without Saving J M i cr on T e ch n o l o gy C o rp . P C I - t o- SA T A I I / ID E R A I D C o n tr ol l e r B I OS v 0 .9 7 [ TAB]-Switch Window [ âÂÂâÂÂ]-Select Item [ENTER]-Action [ESC]-Exit [Hard Disk Drive List] Model Name Capacity Type/Status HDD0: HDS722516VLSA80 164 GB Non-RAID HDD1: HDS722516DLA380 164 GB Non-RAID [RAID Disk Drive List] [Main Menu] Create RAID Disk Drive Delete RAID Disk Drive Revert HDD to Non-RAID RepairîÂÂMirrorîÂÂConîÂÂict Save and Exit Setup Exit Without Saving
3-14 Chapter 3: Software support 2. When the Level item is highlighted, use the up/down arrow key to select the RAID set that you want to create. 3. When the Disks item is highlighted, use the up/down arrow key to highlight an HDD that you want to belong to the RAID set, then press the space bar to conîÂÂrm selection. Repeat the process until the HDDs are selected. A selected HDD shows a sign before it. 4. Key in the RAID volume capacity. Use the up/down arrow to choose the block size. The default value indicates the maximum allowed [Create New RAID] Name : JRAID Level: 0-Stripe Disks: Select Disk Block: 128 KB Size : 319 GB îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂConî¿rmîÂÂCreation [Create New RAID] Name : JRAID Level: 1-Mirror Disks: Select Disk Block: N/A Size : 159 GB îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂConî¿rmîÂÂCreation [Hard Disk Drive List] Model Name Capacity Type/Status HDD0: HDS722516VLSA80 XXX GB Non-RAID HDD1: HDS722516DLA380 XXX GB Non-RAID [Create New RAID] Name : JRAID Level: 0-Stripe Disks: Select Disk Block: 128 KB Size : 319 GB îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂConî¿rmîÂÂCreation
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 3-15 5. When done, press <Enter> to conîÂÂrm the creation of the RAID set. A dialogue box appears to conîÂÂrm the action. Press <Y> to conîÂÂrm; otherwise, press <N>. Pressing <Y> deletes all the data in the HDDs. 6. The following screen appears, displaying the relevant information about the RAID set you created. [RAID Disk Drive List] M o d el N a m e RA ID L e v e l Ca pa c i t y S t a t us Me m b e r s (H D D x) RDD0: JRAID 0-Stripe XXX GB Normal 01 J M i cr on T e ch n o l o gy C o rp . P C I - t o- SA T A I I / ID E R A I D C o n tr ol l e r B I OS v 0 .9 7 [Hard Disk Drive List] Mo de l N am e Ca pa ci t y Ty pe /S ta tu s HDD0: HDS722516VLSA80 164 GB Non-RAID HDD1: HDS722516DLA380 164 GB Non-RAID [RAID Disk Drive List] [Create New RAID] Name: JRAID Level: 0-Stripe Disks: Select Disk Block: 128 KB Size : 319 GB îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂConî¿rmîÂÂCreation Create RAID on the selected HDD (Y/N)? Y [ TAB]-Switch Window [ âÂÂâÂÂ]-Select Item [ENTER]-Action [ESC]-Exit
3-16 Chapter 3: Software support Deleting a RAID set 1. In the main JMB363 RAID BIOS menu, highlight Delete RAID Disk Drive using the up/down arrow key then press <Enter>. 2. Use the space bar to select the RAID set you want to delete. A selected set shows a sign before it. Press the <Del> key to delete the set. 3. A dialogue box appears to conîÂÂrm the action. Press <Y> to conîÂÂrm; otherwise, press <N>. Pressing <Y> deletes all the data in the HDDs. [Main Menu] Create RAID Disk Drive Delete RAID Disk Drive Revert HDD to Non-RAID RepairîÂÂMirrorîÂÂConîÂÂict Save and Exit Setup Exit Without Saving J M i cr on T e ch n o l o gy C o rp . P C I - t o- SA T A I I / ID E R A I D C o n tr ol l e r B I OS v 0 .9 7 [Hard Disk Drive List] Mo de l N am e Ca pa ci t y Ty pe /S ta tu s HDD0: HDS722516VLSA80 164 GB RAID Inside HDD1: HDS722516DLA380 164 GB RAID Inside [RAID Disk Drive List] M o d e l N am e RA I D L e v e l C a p a c i t y S t at us M e m b e r s ( H D D x) R D D0 : JRAID 0-Stripe XXX GB Normal 01 [Main Menu] Create RAID Disk Drive Delete RAID Disk Drive Revert HDD to Non-RAID RepairîÂÂMirrorîÂÂConîÂÂict Save and Exit Setup Exit Without Saving ALL DATA ON THE RAID WILL BE LOST!! ARE YOU SURE TO DELETE (Y/N)? Y [ TAB]-Switch Window [ âÂÂâÂÂ]-Select Item [ENTER]-Action [ESC]-Exit Resetting disks to non-RAID To reset disks to non-RAID: 1. In the main JMB363 RAID BIOS menu, highlight Revert HDD to non-RAID using the up/down arrow key then press <Enter>. 2. Use the space bar to select the HDD that you want to reset to non-RAID. A selected HDD shows a sign before it. 3. A dialogue box appears to conîÂÂrm the action. Press <Y> to conîÂÂrm; otherwise, press <N>. [Main Menu] Create RAID Disk Drive Delete RAID Disk Drive Revert HDD to Non-RAID RepairîÂÂMirrorîÂÂConîÂÂict Save and Exit Setup Exit Without Saving Pressing <Y> deletes all the data in the HDD. An HDD that has been previously conîÂÂgured as part of another RAID set in another platform is called a broken RAID HDD. When you install a broken RAID HDD, you cannot select this HDD when conîÂÂguring a RAID set through the JMB363 utility.
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 3-17 Deleting a RAID set 1. In the main JMB363 RAID BIOS menu, highlight Delete RAID Disk Drive using the up/down arrow key then press <Enter>. 2. Use the space bar to select the RAID set you want to delete. A selected set shows a sign before it. Press the <Del> key to delete the set. 3. A dialogue box appears to conîÂÂrm the action. Press <Y> to conîÂÂrm; otherwise, press <N>. Pressing <Y> deletes all the data in the HDDs. [Main Menu] Create RAID Disk Drive Delete RAID Disk Drive Revert HDD to Non-RAID RepairîÂÂMirrorîÂÂConîÂÂict Save and Exit Setup Exit Without Saving J M i cr on T e c h n o lo gy C o rp . P C I - to -S A T A I I /I DE R A I D C o n tr ol l e r B I OS v 0 .9 7 [Hard Disk Drive List] Mo de l N am e Ca pa ci t y Ty pe /S ta tu s HDD0: HDS722516VLSA80 164 GB RAID Inside HDD1: HDS722516DLA380 164 GB RAID Inside [RAID Disk Drive List] M o d e l N am e RA I D L e v e l C a p a c i t y S t at us M e m b e r s ( H D D x) R D D0 : JRAID 0-Stripe XXX GB Normal 01 [Main Menu] Create RAID Disk Drive Delete RAID Disk Drive Revert HDD to Non-RAID RepairîÂÂMirrorîÂÂConîÂÂict Save and Exit Setup Exit Without Saving ALL DATA ON THE RAID WILL BE LOST!! ARE YOU SURE TO DELETE (Y/N)? Y [ TAB]-Switch Window [ âÂÂâÂÂ]-Select Item [ENTER]-Action [ESC]-Exit Resetting disks to non-RAID To reset disks to non-RAID: 1. In the main JMB363 RAID BIOS menu, highlight Revert HDD to non-RAID using the up/down arrow key then press <Enter>. 2. Use the space bar to select the HDD that you want to reset to non-RAID. A selected HDD shows a sign before it. 3. A dialogue box appears to conîÂÂrm the action. Press <Y> to conîÂÂrm; otherwise, press <N>. [Main Menu] Create RAID Disk Drive Delete RAID Disk Drive Revert HDD to Non-RAID RepairîÂÂMirrorîÂÂConîÂÂict Save and Exit Setup Exit Without Saving Pressing <Y> deletes all the data in the HDD. An HDD that has been previously conîÂÂgured as part of another RAID set in another platform is called a broken RAID HDD. When you install a broken RAID HDD, you cannot select this HDD when conîÂÂguring a RAID set through the JMB363 utility.
3-18 Chapter 3: Software support Repairing a Mirror conîÂÂict A Mirror conîÂÂict occurs when one or both disks in a RAID 1 (Mirror) conîÂÂguration are unplugged from the system, then plugged in again. Since both disks contain exactly the same data, the system will be unable to determine which of the two is the source drive. This option allows you to set the source drive and rebuild the Mirror drive according to the contents of the source drive. To repair a Mirror conîÂÂict: 1. In the main JMB363 RAID BIOS menu, highlight Repair Mirror ConîÂÂict using the up/down arrow key then press <Enter>. 2. Use the space bar to select the HDD that you want to set as source drive. The selected HDD shows a sign before it. 3. Using the <TAB>, move to the RAID Disk Drive List menu and highlight the RAID set that you want to rebuild. Press <Del> to begin rebuilding the Mirror conîÂÂguration. [Main Menu] Create RAID Disk Drive Delete RAID Disk Drive Revert HDD to Non-RAID RepairîÂÂMirrorîÂÂConîÂÂict Save and Exit Setup Exit Without Saving J M i cr on T e ch n o l o gy C o rp . P C I - t o- SA T A I I / ID E R A I D C o n tr ol l e r B I OS v 0 .9 7 [Hard Disk Drive List] Mo de l N am e Ca pa ci t y Ty pe /S ta tu s HDD0: HDS722516VLSA80 164 GB RAID Inside HDD1: HDS722516DLA380 164 GB RAID Inside [RAID Disk Drive List] M o d e l N am e RA I D L e v e l C a p a c i t y S t at us M e m b e r s ( H D D x) RDD0: JRAID 1-Mirror XXX GB Rebuild 01 [Main Menu] Create RAID Disk Drive Delete RAID Disk Drive Revert HDD to Non-RAID RepairîÂÂMirrorîÂÂConîÂÂict Save and Exit Setup Exit Without Saving Rebuilding... 01%, please wait...
ASUS P5VD2-MX/P5V-VM DH 3-19 Saving the settings and exiting setup When you have îÂÂnished, highlight Save & Exit Setup using the up/down arrow key then press <Enter> to save the current RAID conîÂÂguration and exit the JMB363 RAID BOS utility. A dialogue box appears to conîÂÂrm the action. Press <Y> to conîÂÂrm; otherwise, press <N> to return to the JMB RAID BIOS menu.
3-20 Chapter 3: Software support 3.4 Creating a RAID driver disk A îÂÂoppy disk with the RAID driver is required when installing Windows î 2000/XP operating system on a hard disk drive that is included in a RAID set. To create a RAID driver disk: 1. Place the motherboard support CD into the CD-ROM drive. 2. When the Drivers menu appears, click Make VIA VT8251 32/64bit RAID Driver Disk to create a VIA RAID driver disk Or Browse the contents of the support CD to locate the driver disk utility and go to \Drivers\Chipset\EIA 4 in 1\Disk for the VIA RAID driver disk utility 3 Insert îÂÂoppy disk to îÂÂoppy disk drive. 5. Follow succeeding screen information to complete process. 6. Write-protect the îÂÂoppy disk to avoid computer virus infection. To install the RAID driver: 1. During the OS installation, the system prompts you to press the F6 key to install third-party SCSI or RAID driver. 2. Press <F6> then insert the îÂÂoppy disk with RAID driver into the îÂÂoppy disk drive. 3. Follow the succeeding screen instructions to complete the installation. Refer to section âÂÂ3.2.2 Drivers menuâ for details.